uk t&a brochure 2014
DESCRIPTION
ÂTRANSCRIPT
Part of ICL groupTurf & Amenity2014/15 Product guide
Contents iTurf Programmes p4 Anthracnose Basal Rot p8 / Anthracnose Foliar Blight p10 / Dollar Spot p12 Pythium Foliar Blight / Grease Spot p14 / Leatherjackets p15 / Microdochium Patch p16 Leaf Spot p18 / Red Thread p20 / Take-All Patch p22 / Fairy Rings p24 / Chafer Grubs p26 Earthworm casts p27 / Algae p28 / Black Layer p30 / Drought Management p32 Silvery Thread Moss p34 / Thatch p36 / Snow Mould p38 / Rust p40 / Yellow Tuft p42
Grass Seed p44 ProSelect 1 Premium Pitch p48 / ProSelect 2 With Rye p49 ProSelect 3 Fairway Fescue p50 / ProSelect 4 Greens p51 / ProSelect 5 Fescue Greens p52 ProSelect 6 Classic p53 / ProSelect 7 Sport p54 / ProSelect 8 All Bent p55 ProSelect 9 Memorial p56 / Grass Seed Varieties p57
Fertilizers p58 Granular - SierraformGT p64 / Greenmaster Pro-Lite p68 / Step Hi-Mag p72 SierrablenPlus p74 / Sierrablen p78 / ProTurf p80 / Sportsmaster p82 Sportsmaster CRF Mini p84 Organic Based - Greenmaster Organic p86 / Sportsmaster Organic p87Liquid - Greenmaster Liquid p90 / Sportsmaster WSF (Including Sierrasol Iron) p94 Vitalnova Blade p96
Wetting Agents p98 H2Pro Conserve Liquid p100 / H2Pro Conserve Tablet p102 / H2Pro Conserve Granule p103 H2Pro Maximise p104 / Qualibra p106
Plant Protection & Control p108 Plant Growth Regulation - Primo Maxx p114Fungicides - Instrata p118 / Headway p120 / Banner Maxx p122 / Heritage Maxx p124Medallion TL p126 / Heritage p128 Pest Control - Nemasys G p132 / Nemasys J p133Selective Weed Control - Re-Act p136 / Praxys p138 / Jewel p140 / Rescue p142Total Weed Control - Proliance Quattro p146 / Roundup Probio p148 Roundup Probiactive 450 p150 / Monsanto Amenity Glyphosate p152 / Hammer p153Icade p154 / Proshield p156 / Ecoplug Max p158
Speciality Products 160Landscaper Products - Universtar p162 / Enmag CRF p163 Osmocote Exact Tablet p164 / Levington TPMC p165 / Sierrablen Flora Tablets p166 Speciality Products - ProCrystal p168 / Black Onyx Wsp p170 / Turf Mark Extra p171
Technical Information p172 Soil Nutrient - Soil Analysis Service p174Spreader - Spreaders p178 / Spreader Setting Guidelines p180 Spreader Calibration and Testing Procedures p182Sprayer - XC Nozzles p184 / Sprayer Calibration p186 / Check Your Sprayer p188 Spray Applications p190 / Container Collection p191Tank Mixing - Tank Mix Compatibility Table p192Calculations - Ready Reckoner and Nutrient Calculations p194 / Conversion Tables p195
Contact Details p196
1
iTurf Programm
esG
rass SeedFertilizers
Wetting Agents
Plant ProtectionSpeciality Products
Technical InfoContact Details
2 3
We take great pride in the integrity and value of our dynamic world-class product portfolios and in the provision of dedicated technical support, available to you from the team at Everris.
Through our product technologies, our ongoing support of end-user education, and through iTurf, our integrated turf management programme, we continue to advocate best practice in turf management and sound environmental stewardship.
With market leading fertilizer brands – including SierrablenPlus, SierraformGT and Greenmaster – and a wealth of knowledge in both our Turf & Amenity technical teams and our network of distributors, we look forward to working with you and supporting you in all aspects of your turf and amenity management.
As part of the ICL Group, we strive to bring you the most technically advanced specialty fertilizers and nutrition programmes, turf seed, plant protection products and growing media to help you meet the demands of modern day turf and amenity management.
About Everris
2 3
As well as fertilizer, plant protection products and grass seeds, Everris offers expertise and solutions to a range of turf problems, which we bring together in our unique programme of integrated turf practices and treatments … iTurf.
Integrated turf management (ITM) focuses on using the best products in the most efficient and responsible way. Everris is championing ITM through iTurf in order to provide turf managers with an easy way of meeting their environmental responsibilities and comply with increasing rules and regulations regarding chemical application. It also helps them maintain healthy turf through long-term sustainable management.
Inspired by nature
We continually invest in new products and have the some of the most advanced Research and Development facilities in the world. Yet we are also committed to sustainability, to help maintain our environment in an efficient and responsible way.
From raw materials through to finished product, we are dedicated to producing the finest range of fertilizer, plant protection, and grass seed technologies, all backed up by first-class customer service. Turf managers at some of the world’s finest sporting venues, trust our technologies to help them produce high-quality turf for sports and amenity use.
Driven by innovation
• Controlled release fertilizers• Slow release fertilizers• Grass seed• Plant protection products• Speciality products
Integrated Turf Management: Stronger and healthier turf with lower inputs
Integrated Turf Management
Programmes
An integrated approach requires you to prepare the turf whilst maintaining turf health without creating an environment that is conducive to the development of the disease.
4
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Integrated Turf Management
iTurf Programmes
Problem Page
Anthracnose Basal Rot
8
Anthracnose Foliar Blight
10
Dollar Spot 12
Pythium Foliar Blight / Grease Spot
14
Leatherjackets 15
Microdochium Patch 16
Leaf Spot 18
Red Thread 20
Take-All Patch 22
Fairy Rings 24
Problem Page
Chafer Grubs 26
Earthworm casts 27
Algae 28
Black Layer 30
Drought Management 32
Silvery Thread Moss 34
Thatch 36
Snow Mould 38
Rust 40
Yellow Tuft 42
5
iTurf Programm
es
6
Integrated Turf Management
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
iTurf is the name we give to integrated turf management (ITM).
We believe that the best turf is created by taking a holistic approach, and that responsible turf management requires consideration, understanding and forward planning.
Successful turf maintenance requires you to balance soil management and turf health with the challenges posed by the pressures of play and the wider environment.
We’re committed to helping you use the best products and technologies in the most efficient and responsible way. Our research demonstrates that benefits can be achieved by integrating all elements of your maintenance programme and combining your turf treatments in a complementary way.
This will help you to:• Achieve optimal results from minimal inputs• Prevent problems rather than react to them• Meet your environmental responsibilities• Comply with rules and regulations concerning
chemical application
Central to iTurf is advice and support from our dedicated technical team. They are available to help you plan the best approach for your site.
On the following pages, you’ll find information to help you identify, prevent and treat a range of common turf problems and diseases using an iTurf approach.
An introduction to
7
iTurf Programm
es
Anthracnose Basal Rot Causal Organism: Colletotrichum cereale
Problem Anthracnose Basal Rot
Host Grass Types Annual meadow grass (Poa annua)
Symptoms Youngest leaf red, black rot at stem base, stunted rooting
Programmes
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Environmental stress is the main driver for the
development of this disease
• Drought stress
• Generally poor growing conditions (shade and poor drainage)
• Aggressive maintenance – such as excessively low mowing or intensive verticutting
• Compacted soil conditions
Treating Anthracnose with fungicideOutbreaks of Anthracnose can be extremely damaging. Affected turf should be treated with fungicide to prevent disruption to playing surfaces, especially during the autumn. Once disease reaches the basal rot stage, fungicides will no longer control the disease but should be applied to prevent further attack. Tank mixing fungicide with liquid fertilizer can hasten recovery.
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Maintain turf health with sufficient nutrient
inputs, especially towards the end of the growing season
• The use of slow release fertilizer late in the season can help maintain nutrient availability and turf health going into autumn
• Avoid excessively low heights of cut, especially as growth declines in the autumn
• Minimise damaging treatments (e.g. verticutting) especially during periods of stress
• Aerate to relieve soil compaction and improve soil oxygen levels
• Work to minimise Poa annua population in sward through overseeding and with an appropriate long-term maintenance strategy
• Irrigate in the morning to minimise long periods of leaf wetness overnight
• Use penetrant wetting agent to move water through the upper soil profile and keep the surface and turf base dry
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of the risk of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use
8
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Approved fungicides for the control of Anthracnose are:
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
BASAL ROT
1. Sensible mowing heights
4. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
5. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
6. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
7. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
3. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
Anthracnose Basal Rot Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Outbreak
2. Aerate to relieve compaction and create a dry turf base
3. Heritage Maxx
5. Primo Maxx
4. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
6. Overseed using less vulnerable species
7. Banner Maxx (if necessary)
9. Instrata (if necessary)
8. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
BASAL ROT
1. Raise mowing height
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
9
iTurf Programm
es
Anthracnose Foliar BlightCausal organism: Colletotrichum cereale
Problem Anthracnose Foliar Blight
Host Grass Types All grass species
Symptoms Leaves and shoots discolour, appearance of drought stress or mild scorch.
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• It is favoured by stressful conditions such as low fertility,
high temperature stress, low mowing height, poor soil drainage, compaction, and heavy traffic
• Disease development is favoured by high humidity, shade, and any condition that allows excess water to remain in the leaf canopy. Conidia (spores) can be spread by wind, water, or machinery
• Ultra-low mowing (below 3mm), intensive mowing and verticutting increase the risk of attack
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Maintain turf health with sufficient nutrient input
• The use of slow release fertilizer late in the season can help maintain nutrient availability
• Avoid excessively low heights of cut
• Minimise overly damaging treatments (e.g. verticutting) especially during periods of stress
• Aerate to relieve soil compaction and improve soil oxygen levels
• Work to minimise Poa annua dominance in sward through overseeding and an appropriate long-term maintenance strategy
• Irrigate in the morning to minimise long periods of leaf wetness overnight
• Use penetrant wetting agent to move water through the upper soil profile and keep the surface dry
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use
Treating Anthracnose with fungicideOutbreaks of Anthracnose can be extremely damaging. Affected turf should be treated with fungicide to prevent disruption to playing surfaces, especially during the autumn. Once disease reaches the basal rot stage, fungicides will no longer control the disease but should be applied to prevent further attack. Tank mixing fungicide with liquid fertilizer can hasten recovery.
Appropriate supporting ranges for the maintenance of healthy turf:
Programmes
10
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Approved fungicides for the control of Colletotrichum cereale are:
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Anthracnose Foliar Blight
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
foliar blight
1. Employ sensible mowing heights
3. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
5. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
6. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
4. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
7. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
foliar blight
6. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
7. Overseed using less vulnerable species
2. Aerate to create a healthy growing environment
3. Heritage Maxx (if needed)
4. Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer "NK" 10-0-10 +TE
8. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
11. Instrata (if necessary)
9. Banner Maxx (if necessary)
10. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
1. Raise mowing height
5. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
11
iTurf Programm
es
Dollar SpotCausal organism: Sclerotinia homoeocarpa
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Prolonged periods of leaf wetness
• Moderately dry soil
• Humidity with temperatures of 21 - 26°C
• Morning dews
• Low to deficient Nitrogen (N) fertility
• Excessive thatch
• Frequent mowing
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Reduce periods of leaf wetness by regulating
irrigation inputs (deep and infrequent)
• Switch or ‘dew whip’ to remove dew
• Maintain turf health with balanced nutritional inputs to reduce the risk of attack and aid recovery
• Aerate to ensure that the rootzone is not compacted
• Use penetrant wetting agent to move water through the upper soil profile and keep the surface dry
• Manage thatch levels in a programmed approach
• Box-off cuttings from affected areas if possible
• Establish resistant grass types/cultivars
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use
Treating Dollar Spot with fungicideEnsure you achieve good coverage by using the correct sprayer nozzles. The Syngenta XC Turf Nozzles have been engineered to achieve an improved coverage with reduced drift compared to flat fan type nozzles. The Foliar XC 04 is recommended for foliar fungicide applications.
Problem Dollar Spot
Host Grass Types
Fescue (Festuca), Creeping bentgrass (Agrostis stolonifera), Annual Meadowgrass (Poa annua), Smooth Stalked Meadowgrass (Poa pratensis), Perennial Ryegrass (Lolium Perenne)
Symptoms
On close-mown turf, the disease presents as round brown/straw-coloured spots approximately the size of a silver Dollar. On higher cutting heights the spots are larger and more diffuse. Leaf lesions have a bleached white centre and reddish/brown borders. Some mycelial growth may be visible in early morning.
Appropriate supporting ranges for the maintenance of healthy turf:
Programmes
12
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Approved fungicides for the control of Dollar Spot are:
Preventative Strategy*Dollar Spot
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Dollar Spot
1. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
3. Work to reduce thatch accumulation
4. Manage irrigation inputs to reduce periods of leaf wetness
5. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
6. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Maintain turf health with appropriate nutrition
Curative Programme*Dollar Spot
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
4. Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer application
8. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Aerate to relieve compaction and create a dry turf base
3. Box off clippings if possible
7. Instrata (if necessary)
1. Banner Maxx (if necessary)
5. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
6. Overseed using less vulnerable species
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
13
iTurf Programm
es
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Common in hot summer weather (29 - 35°C) with little air
movement and high relative humidity
• Can occur at lower temperatures (20°C) when other environmental factors are conducive
• Poor drainage and waterlogging
• Lush, over-fertilized turf
• The disease spreads rapidly by mycelial growth, in water and on mechanical equipment, especially mowing infected turf on dewy mornings
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Optimise drainage and soil profile management
to avoid waterlogging
• Use irrigation appropriately to avoid excess soil moisture
• Regular aeration to develop good soil structure for drainage and root development
• Topdress to improve the soil’s structure and drainage capabilities
• Avoid excessive nutrition
• Reduce thatch
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use
Pythium Foliar Blight / Grease Spot Causal organism: Pythium Spp
Preventative Strategy*Pythium Foliar Blight / Grease Spot
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Pythium Blight
3. Work to reduce thatch accumulation
4. Maintain turf health with appropriate nutrition
5. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
1. Avoid overwatering
6. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Maintain drainage rates to avoid waterlogging
Problem Pythium Foliar Blight / Grease Spot
Host Grass Types
All turfgrass species
Symptoms
Small, discoloured spots that can enlarge very quickly to irregular areas of dead turf. May also show as ‘frog-eyes’. Grass becomes dark and watersoaked, feeling greasy to touch. Patches are shrivelled and matted when dry. Mycelia may be present during high humidity. The infection can look streaked as it follows channels of natural drainage and paths of mowing equipment.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Programmes
14
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Leatherjackets Causal organism: Tipula spp.
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Keep a look out for Crane Fly activity
throughout the summer
• Monitor the turf in the autumn for larvae activity and secondary damage
• To aid identification and confirm the extent of infestation, peg a plastic fertilizer bag over affected areas overnight. If there are more than 15 grubs present at the surface in the morning then it might be worth considering treatment
• Control may be achieved with the use of the biological nematode control product Nemasys J or by using an approved pesticide
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation
Problem Leather Jackets
Host Grass Types
All turf types
Symptoms
The Leatherjacket grubs feed on the turf and roots, biting off stems at or just below ground level resulting in the turf dying back often in patches. The damage generally becomes noticeable during the spring. Secondary damage from birds, badgers, foxes etc. in search of the grubs can also occur.
Background on the development of Leatherjackets• The adult Crane Fly has long legs with a body
about 25mm long
• Commonly active in the late summer to autumn period with each female laying 200 - 300 eggs in the late summer
• The eggs hatch into larvae, called a Leatherjacket, in about 14 days and remain in the soil for about 9 months before pupating into next season’s Crane Fly
• The Leatherjacket exists in the soil from the autumn to the following spring feeding on the roots, biting off stems at or just below ground level resulting in the turf dying back often in clumps
• Damage generally becomes noticeable during the spring caused by the feeding that occurred the previous autumn and winter
• Secondary damage from birds, badgers, foxes, moles and other small mammals searching and pecking for larvae can rip up the turf
Preventative Strategy*Leatherjackets
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Leatherjacket
1. Keep thatch accumulation under control
2. Keep monitoring for signs of activity
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Programmes
15
iTurf Programm
es
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Cool, damp conditions
• High humidity
• High Nitrogen (N) fertility in autumn
• Excessive thatch
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Do not apply excessive amounts
of Nitrogen during high-risk periods
• Maintain turf health without producing unduly soft, lush growth
• The use of slow release fertilizers, will help prevent soft growth
• Control excessive thatch through a programmed approach
• Avoid surface moisture (dew removal)
• Irrigate in the morning to minimise long periods of leaf wetness overnight
• Check the pH and carbonate content of irrigation water because high levels can increase the likelihood of attack
• Increase airflow
• The use of acidifying fertilizers will reduce the level of disease incidence
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use
Problem Microdochium Patch
Host Grass Types
All cool season turfgrass species
SymptomsCircular patches up to 300mm in diameter. Leaves become water soaked, turn reddish-brown and then bleach. Mycelia may be visible in early morning.
Microdochium PatchCausal organism: Microdochium nivale
Treating Microdochium Patch with fungicideEnsure you achieve good coverage by using the correct nozzles. The Syngenta XC Turf Nozzles have been engineered to achieve an improved coverage with reduced drift compared to flat fan type nozzles. The Foliar XC 04 is recommended for foliar fungicide applications.
Appropriate supporting ranges for the maintenance of healthy turf:
Programmes
16
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Approved fungicides for the control of Microdochium Patch are:
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Microdochium Patch
1. Maintain adequate levels of light and airflow
6. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
7. Switch or brush to remove dew
8. Use Sierrasol Iron to harden the sward against attack
2. Do not promote the production of overly lush growth
3. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
4. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
5. Use preventitive fungicides based on disease risk
Preventative Strategy*Microdochium Patch
Curative Programme*Microdochium Patch
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Outbreak
4. Banner Maxx (if necessary)
2. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
7. Medallion TL (if necessary)
3. Overseed using less vulnerable species
1. Heritage Maxx
5. Use Sierrasol Iron to harden the sward against attack
6. Instrata (if necessary)
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
17
iTurf Programm
es
Leaf SpotCausal organism: Drechslera spp, Bipolaris spp, Curvularia spp.
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Can occur during warmer seasons but can also affect the
turf as growth tails off in the autumn
• High humidity and drought conditions
• Wet foliage
• High shade levels
• Conditions typical of a stadium environment
• Moves across the surface on water film
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Minimise leaf surface wetness
• Increase airflow across the turf surface
• Balanced nutrition can promote the production of healthier turf that is more resistant to disease attack
• Remove excess thatch as part of an integrated programme
• Establish resistant cultivars
• Raising the height of cut can help reduce the likelihood of attack, especially in shaded environments
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use
Treating Leaf Spot with fungicideEnsure you achieve good coverage by using the correct nozzles. The Syngenta XC Turf Nozzles have been engineered to achieve an improved coverage with reduced drift compared to flat fan type nozzles. The Foliar XC 04 is recommended for foliar fungicide applications.
Problem Leaf Spot
Host Grass Types
Mainly prevalent on Ryegrass (Lolium Spp), but can also be found on Fescue (Festuca Spp) and Bent (Agrostis Spp).
Symptoms
Curvularia – Mottled yellow green descending from leaf tip, red/brown margin. No lesions on Agrostis and more tan than brown. Dreschlera and Bipolaris – On Poa, lesions red/brown to purple/black. On Lolium, brown spots enlarge to lesions with grey centre and brown margin. On Agrostis, small red brown lesions that coalesce to cover the leaf – can look like drought stress
Programmes
18
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Approved fungicides for the control of Leaf Spot are:
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Leaf spot
1. Maintain playing qualities with a raised height of cut
6. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
7. Use fungicides as part of an iTurf programme if risk levels are high
8. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Maintain adequate levels of light and airflow
3. Sustain turf health with SierrablenPlus controlled release fertilizer (if appropriate)
4. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
5. Use resistant varieties/cultivars
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Leaf Spot
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Leaf spot
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
4. Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer application
2. Improve light levels and airflow if possible
7. Overseed using less vulnerable varieties/species
8. MedallionTL (if necessary)
3. Heritage Maxx (if necessary)
1. Raise mowing height if needed
5. Sustain turf health with SierrablenPlus controlled release fertilizer (if appropriate)
6. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
19
iTurf Programm
es
Red ThreadCausal organism: Laetisaria Fuciformis
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Mild temperatures
• Low fertility
• Compacted soils
• Poor rooting
• Susceptible grass types/cultivars
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Applying adequate Nitrogen fertilizer
as part of a programmed approach
• Apply the correct fertilizer according to turf situation and height of cut
• Aerate soil to encourage good root growth
• Select resistant grass cultivars
• Rarely needs fungicide control
Problem Red Thread
Host Grass Types
All cool season turfgrass species, particularly Perennial Ryegrass (Lolium Perenne) and Fescue (Festuca)
SymptomsLight brown spots can be seen on turf, which have a reddish appearance. Bleached patches. Red needles (Sclerotia) extend out from lesions in leaf.
Suitable fertilizer brands for the reduction of the risk of Red Thread are:
Programmes
20
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Red Thread
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Red Thread
1. Sensible mowing heights
6. Irrigate when needed to prevent drought stress
8. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
3. Maintain turf health with appropriate nutritional inputs
4. Thatch reduction/management strategy
7. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
5. Overseed with less vulnerable species/varieties
Overseed with less vulnerable species/varieties
Red Thread
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
3. Overseed using less vulnerable varieties/species
1. Raise mowing height
5. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
4. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
21
iTurf Programm
es
Take-All PatchCausal organism: Gaeumannomyces graminis
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Take-All Patch is most commonly found on greens
with low antagonistic microbial populations – i.e. sand based greens
• Soils with a high pH (>6.5)
• Poor drainage
• Alkaline irrigation water increases the risk of attack
• Turf with a dominance of susceptible species are more vulnerable to damaging attacks
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Try to reduce pH of the soil so that conditions are
less favourable to the pathogen.
• Increase soil biological activity with the use of soil conditioners so that there are more natural antagonists
• Manganese (Mn) has been shown to be effective as part of an integrated approach.
• Check water quality for pH and carbonate levels
• Use acidifying fertilizers to reduce soil pH if required
• Avoid Potassium nitrate which increases soil surface pH.
• Check the pH of topdressing to ensure low lime and pH levels
• Use fungicides as part of your iTurf programme and be aware of causing resistance to one chemical group by its regular use.
Problem Take-All Patch
Host Grass Types
Bent grasses (Agrostis), Annual meadow grass (Poa annua), Deschampsia
SymptomsSaucer shaped, depressed bronze areas of bent grass, resistant grass species within patch, black roots, presence of perithecia in stems
Treating Take-All Patch with fungicideBecause Take-All Patch is a soil-borne disease, fungicide treatment must be targeted at the soil. An appropriate nozzle should be selected then irrigation applied for 2 - 3 minutes to achieve a thorough drench of the upper soil profile. The use of wetting agent prior to use will assist the movement of the active ingredient down into the upper soil profile. Irrigation (2 - 3 minutes) after application will also help to wash the active ingredient down. Repeat applications may be needed to achieve full control.
Supporting technologies to help reduce the risk of Take-All patch disease include:
Programmes
22
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Approved fungicides for the control of Take-All Patch are:
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Take All patch
1. Use acidifying fertilizers Greenmaster Pro-Lite/SierraformGT
6. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
7. Overseed to establish resistant species
Overseed to establish resistant species
11. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Ensure irrigation water is not alkaline or high Calcium Carbonate
3. Use suitable approved fungicide if needed to control outbreak
4. Vitalnova Blade to encourage beneficial microbial activity
5. STEP Hi-Mag for Mn content
10. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
8. Greenmaster Pro-Lite "NK" 12-0-12 +3MgO +2Fe
9. Greenmaster Pro-Lite "Autumn" 6-5-10 +6Fe
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Take-All Patch
Take All patch
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
4. Overseed using less vulnerable varieties/species
3. STEP Hi-Mag for Mn content
1. Headway or Heritage Maxx 2 applications at 14 day intervals
2. Greenmaster Pro-Lite "NK" 12-0-12 +3MgO +2Fe
5. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
23
iTurf Programm
es
Fairy Rings
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Decayed organic matter and high levels of thatch
• Frequent watering
• Insufficient fertilizer applications can exaggerate the symptoms
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Control thatch as part of a programmed approach
• Apply wetting agents that have penetrant activity to help move water through the hydrophobic layer
• Wetting agents should be used in combination with deep aeration
• If required, Nitrogen fertilizers or products containing iron can be used to mask the visual symptoms of light and dark green rings
Although it is not always necessary or appropriate to control Fairy Rings, they can be particularly troublesome on many different turf types.The rings of stimulated grass growth are the result of Nitrogen released in the soil by the Fairy Ring activity underground, breaking down organic matter to release ammonia which is converted into nitrate and taken up by the plant.
Treating Fairy Rings with fungicideHeritage and Heritage Maxx are both approved for the treatment of Type 2 Fairy Rings. Fungicide treatment must be targeted at the soil. A high water rate with an appropriate nozzle should be selected to achieve a thorough drench of the upper soil profile. The use of wetting agent prior to application will assist the movement of the active ingredient down into the upper soil profile. Irrigation (2 - 3 minutes) after application will also help to wash the active ingredient down. Repeat applications may be needed to achieve full control.
Causal organism: Type 1 is Mostly caused by Marasmius oreades Type 2 is caused by numerous fungi, e.g. Agaricus spp, Lycoperdon spp. Type 3 is caused by many basidiomycetes
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Problem Fairy Rings
Host Grass All types of turf
Symptoms
The 3 main types of Fairy Ring:* Type 1: Marasmius oreades – ring of dead turf bordered by stimulated
turf growth. Causes turf death by soil water repellence and/or toxic substances* Type 2: Agaricus & Lycoperdon spp – stimulated grass growth with no fungal
bodies. Rarely causes excessive damage to turf* Type 3: Hygrophorus & Psilocybe spp – no affect on turf grass except when
fruiting bodies are present (normally in autumn).
Programmes
24
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Fairy Rings
Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Danger Period
Fairy Ring
1. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
2. Control thatch in a programmed approach
3. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
4. Appropriate nutrition to mask any "green up" symptoms
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Approved fungicides for the control of Fairy Rings are:
Fairy Ring iTurf Programmes
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
1. Prick the surface to facilitate penetration of subsequent treatments
2. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
3. 2 applications of Heritage Maxx 14 days apart for Type 2
4. Irrigate treatments to help active ingredient penetrate
5. Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer application
6. Remove unwanted organic matter from the turf base
7. Overseed to generate recovery
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
25
iTurf Programm
es
Chafer Grubs Causal organism: Garden Chafer (Phyllopertha horticola) Summer Chafer (Amphimallon solstitialis) Cock Chafer (Melolontha melolontha) Welsh Chafer (Hoplia philanthus)
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Keep a look out for grub
activity in August - September
• Monitor the turf in the autumn for increased bird activity and secondary damage
• Use biological nematode treatment to control the grubs when they are young and close to the soil surface
The development of the pest• Adult Chafers are medium-sized reddish brown beetles
about 13 - 15mm long
• The adult Chafer will lay its eggs around June - July where they hatch and start feeding on the roots of the grass from July to late September
• From November onwards they burrow deep into the ground and lay dormant under the soil before moving to the surface in the spring when they emerge as beetles
• Damage is most evident in August and September (grub stage)
• Early symptoms include gradual thinning, yellowing and weakening of the grass followed by scattered, irregular dead patches
Curative Programme*Garden Chafer Grub
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
1. Scarify after irrigation to kill grubs when small
2. Consider application of parasitic nematode
Preventative Strategy*Chafer Grubs
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
1. Keep monitoring for signs of activity
2. Try to keep high risk areas dry
Garden Chafer Grub
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Problem Chafer Grubs
Host Grass All turf types
Symptoms
Patches of dead and dying grass coupled with yellowing of the turf especially during dry periods. Most turf damage is caused by other creatures that feed on the grubs. Moles, badgers and birds are the main predators. A badger can do severe damage to any area that is infested with the grubs.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Programmes
26
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Earthworm casts Causal organism: 3 major species most closely associated with casting:Lumbricus terrestris Apporectodea caliginosa Apporectodea longa
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Reduce thatch in programmed
approach to minimise food source for earthworms.
• Minimal use of organic amendments.
• Lower soil surface pH to discourage earthworm activity by using acidifying fertilizers.
• Minimise amount of clippings returned to soil (organic material) by use of slow release fertilizers and/or Plant Growth Regulators.
• Use sand top dressings to help create casts that scatter and disperse.
• Brush or switch to disperse casts when dry.
Problem Earthworm casts
Host Grass Types
All turf types
SymptomsSome species of earthworms leave casts on the turf surface and this can have a negative impact on the performance and quality of the turf (unevenness, deterioration under traffic, weed invasion, mole activity)
Background information• Earthworms have an important role in helping to aerate
soils, reducing compaction, improving water penetration and infiltration rates, processing organic matter and reducing thatch.
• Earthworms come to the surface under moist soil conditions (e.g. in late autumn and winter) and retreat downward in dry weather.
• Earthworm casting is increased: if grass clippings are returned, or when organic fertilizers are used, in case of liming or using of alkaline water for irrigation.
Earthworm casts Preventative Strategy*
Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Danger Period
Earthworm
2. Box off clippings if possible
3. Apply sand top dressing if appropriate
6. Thatch reduction/management strategy
4. Do not lime or irrigate with water of high pH
5. Use acidifying fertilizers Greenmaster/Sportsmaster
1. Work to maintain good drainage rates
7. Brush or switch to scatter casts when dry
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Programmes
27
iTurf Programm
es
Algae Causal organism: Cyanobacteria
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• The first strategy should be to create an
environment which is not naturally suitable for the growth of algae.
• Maintain the development of a dense and healthy sward with an appropriate nutritional programme and considerate use.
• Increase airflow and light.
• Increase water movement and infiltration.
• Adjust irrigation practices to allow surface to dry out.
• Using wetting agents with a good penetrant activity will help to remove surface moisture.
• Raise mowing height where possible to allow turf to outcompete algae.
• Use fertilizers containing ferrous sulphate will act directly upon the algae.
• Control thatch in a programmed approach.
• Regular aeration.
Problem Algae
Host Grass Types
All turf types
Symptoms
Symptoms of algae appear in areas of thinning turf. In these areas, a green or black mat of growth is evident at the turf base. During periods of dry weather, this algal growth forms a dry, cracking crust on the thatch surface that repels water and impedes turf recovery.
Conditions that can favour the development of the algae• Algae are normally found in cool, shady moist conditions.
• Many species are capable of fixing atmospheric Nitrogen.
• Turf with poor density is susceptible to algae infestation.
• Causes of poor density could be under fertilization, over-watering, scalping from mowing and shady conditions.
• Algae damages turf in terms of aesthetics, competition, and via its mucilage excretions that seal the surface which then leads to reduced infiltration and decreased atmospheric gas exchange.
Suitable brands to maintain turf health and reduce the risk of Algae are:
Maximise
Conserve
Programmes
28
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Preventative Strategy*Algae
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Algae
1. Improve light and airflow
2. Maintain sensible mowing heights
3. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
4. Thatch management
5. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
6. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
7. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
8. Greenmaster Pro-Lite "Autumn" 6-5-10 +6Fe
10. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
9. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
29
iTurf Programm
es
Black Layer
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of Black Layer• To control Black Layer it is essential that you treat
the cause of the problem and not the symptoms
• Work to create an aerated soil/rootzone through aeration, top dressing, drainage etc
• Minimise layering in the soil profile through compatible top dressing and mechanical action
• Minimise thatch in a programmed approach
• Minimise compaction and soil panning
• Use penetrant wetting agent to improve water through the rootzone
• Sulphur does not cause Black Layer. Sulphur is an essential grass nutrient
• Potassium nitrate does not prevent ‘Black Layer’ Continued use of Potassium nitrate may cause soil de flocculation, which could increase the risk of ‘Black Layer’ (J.B. Beard)
Problem Black Layer
Host Grass Types All turf types
Symptoms
Blackening of the subsoil in or under the rootzone. Turfgrass that grows on top of it might show poor health as the roothealth is affected. In case you are taking a soil sample with an auger the affected zone has a black colour and has a ‘rotten egg’ smell.
Background information• Black layer can have serious consequences
on the health of turf
• It is important to understand the causes of this problem and the methods used to control and prevent future occurrence
• Black layer only occurs in anaerobic soil conditions
• If soil drainage is insufficient it is likely that anaerobic conditions will develop and encourage Black Layer
• Anaerobic bacteria produce Hydrogen sulphide gas, which has a characteristic ‘rotten egg’ smell
• Hydrogen sulphide is toxic to grass plant roots
Programmes
30
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Preventative Strategy*Black Layer
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Black layer
1. Work to maintain good drainage rates
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
4. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
5. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
6. Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer applied as a foliar if needed
7. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
3. Thatch reduction/management programme
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
31
iTurf Programm
es
Drought Management
Management strategy to reduce the risk of drought damage• Keep the surface receptive to quick water
infiltration and maintain a good soil structure and composition.
• Monitor water quality.
• Use wetting agents to avoid hydrophobic conditions prior to onset of drought.
• Raise height of cut where possible.
• Help turf regulate water uptake & losses.
• Encourage the development of a good root system.
• Maintain low salt levels in soils.
• Use low-salt or coated fertilizers if possible to reduce the risk of further damage
• Aeration programme to encourage deep rooting.
• Top dress with appropriate material to avoid layering and avoid irregular water movement.
• Avoid topdressing during stress periods.
• Use pedestrian operated instead of ride-on machinery.
• Select drought resistant grass varieties.
Problem Drought Management
Host Grass Types
All turf types
Symptoms Wilting and drought damage
Background information• During the summer, the water use rates of cool season
turfgrasses will commonly exceed the rate which natural rainfall replenishes water back into the soil.
• Once the soil moisture reserves become depleted, the turfgrass will begin to wilt.
• A period of continual water stress that limits or prevents the growth of plants is termed drought. Once drought conditions develop, grasses will stop all growth and development and proceed into dormancy.
Suitable wetting agents for the reduction of drought problems are:
Maximise
Conserve
Programmes
32
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Preventative Strategy*Drought Management
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Drought
1. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
9. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Sensible mowing heights
3. Irrigate to maintain turf health
4. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
5. Primo Maxx plant growth regulator
6. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
7. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
8. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
Curative Programme*
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Occurrence
Drought
1. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Irrigate and hand water to alleviate situation
3. Raise mowing height
4. Refrain from aggressive or damaging treatments
8. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
7. Overseed using less vulnerable species
5. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
6. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
33
iTurf Programm
es
Silvery Thread MossCausal organism: Bryum argenteum
Problem Silvery Thread Moss
Host Grass Types
Mainly close mown turf
Symptoms Silvery moss patches invading close mown turf
Conditions that can favour the development of Silvery Thread Moss• The most common factors leading to the development
of Silvery Thread Moss are: low Nitrogen levels, aggressive mowing practices,liberal irrigation
• Other causes of moss encroachment: poor drainage, disease problems, shade, traffic poor air circulation
• If the major causes of moss encroachment are not dealt with, even the best chemical control program will not prevent it from coming back
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of invasion• Maintain turf health with sufficient nutrient input
• The use of slow release fertilizer late in the season can help maintain nutrient availability
• Avoid excessively low heights of cut, especially as growth declines in the autumn
• Minimise damaging treatments (e.g. verticutting) during periods of stress
• Aerate to relieve soil compaction and improve soil oxygen levels
• Maintain a healthy growing environment with good cultural practice and maintaining good levels of light, airflow and drainage
Programme• Only use Jewel when there is active turf and moss growth,
e.g. Mid April/May - September
• Lightly irrigate before and after application
• Tank mix Jewel with Effect Iron FE (with TMax technology inside) to significantly increase moss killing performance and enhance overall turf quality – see trial data below
• Trials have shown that an application of H2Pro wetting agent tank mixed with Jewel/Effect Iron FE, has improved the control of Silvery Thread Moss
• Do not apply to stressed turf, always follow label recommendations
• For heavy moss infestations it may be necessary to apply two applications at 21 day intervals
• Once the treated area has died off, scarify to remove the dead moss
• Overseed the treated area with an appropriate grass seed to restore good turf conditions (following final moss control treatment)
• Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer applications are recommended after renovation, to encourage new seedling development and aid restoration of the turf area
• Products are tank mix compatible but are applied at own risk
Programmes
34
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Silvery Thread Moss Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Danger Period
Silvery Thread
1. Improve light and airflow
9. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
10. Manage to minimise wear damage
11. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
12. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent
2. Employ sensible mowing heights
3. Maintain drainage rates
4. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
5. Minimise damaging treatments during periods of stress
6. Do not irrigate excessively
7. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent
8. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme* Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Outbreak
Silvery Thread
1. Maintain comfortable mowing height
2. Apply the herbicide Jewel if active growth is still available
3. Greenmaster Liquid Effect Iron Fe will aid control4. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent to optimise uptake
8. Greenmaster Liquid Effect Iron Fe again
9. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent again
7. Repeat Jewel application after 21 days if still growing
5. Overseed to generate recovery
6. Greenmaster Liquid fertilizer to maintain recovery
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Supporting technologies to help control Silvery Thread Moss are:
Maximise
Effect Iron
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
35
iTurf Programm
es
ThatchCausal organism: Homo sapien
Problem Thatch
Host Grass Types
Most grass types
Symptoms Soft, spongy, moisture retentive, disease-prone turf.
Background information• Thatch is the layer of partially decomposed organic
matter situated below the green leaf material of the turf and above the soil itself
• Thatch can hinder root development by creating a moisture retentive sponge that discourages deep development
• Thatch provides an ideal environment for turf pathogens and insect pests
• Thatch becomes hydrophobic when it dries out and it can cause water holding problems
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of occurrence • Control should be via an integrated approach
of cultural practices and sensible product use
• Aerate to encourage soil microbial action
• Scarify as appropriate to remove dead plant material
• Apply topdressing to dilute thatch
• Use correct levels of nutrition. Excessive nitrogen will encourage thatch
• Use the correct types and rates of nutrition
• Wetting agents to aid water management
• Use soil biostimulants to encourage microbial breakdown of thatch
• Box off clippings to limit build-up of dead plant material in soil
• Improve drainage
• Refrain from overwatering
Carbohydrate and trace element based treatment to encourage microbial activity in the soil
Programmes
36
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Thatch
1. Maintain turf health without the excessive use of Nitrogen
9. SierraformGT "Spring Start" 16-0-16 +Fe +Mn
10. SierraformGT "Anti-Stress" 15-0-26 +Fe
11. SierraformGT "K-STEP" 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
12. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent to reduce moisture retention
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
3. Vitalnova Blade to encourage beneficial microbial activity
4. Top dress to dilute thatch and aerate soil profile
5. Remove excessive organic matter with coring or scarification
6. Overseed to establish species less prone to building thatch
Overseed to establish species less prone to building thatch
7. Do not overwater
8. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent to help reduce watering
Thatch
Preventative Strategy*
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
37
iTurf Programm
es
Snow Mould Causal organism: Pink (Microdochium nivale) and Grey (Typhula incarnata)
Problem Snow Mould
Host Grass Types
All cool season grass species
SymptomsPink – bleached dead patches, white/pink myceliaGrey – Yellow/brown patches, bleached patches, grey/white mycelia
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Prolonged periods of snow cover
• Disease activity is most severe when snow falls on unfrozen ground
• Excessive foliar growth and thatch buildup are important factors encouraging the development of pink snow mould and Microdochium patch
• Restricted air movement, poor soil drainage, inadequate levels of potassium, and heavy traffic can also enhance the disease
• The disease may also develop under tree leaves that remain on the turf for long periods during cold, wet weather
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Do not apply excessive levels of nitrogen when
cold weather or snow is expected
• Improve surface drainage
• Reduce thatch accumulations
• Prune trees and remove unwanted vegetation to improve air movement
• Remove leaves and other debris during autumn and winter from turf that is not covered with snow
• In regions where heavy snow is anticipated, take steps to minimize the duration of snow cover (snow fences or plant landscape plants in strategic locations to prevent excess snow accumulation)
• Prevent traffic on snow-covered turf, as compacted snow will melt more slowly and increase damage from pink snow mold
• A pre-emptive fungicide application prior to snow fall would be desired
Treating Microdochium nivale with fungicideEnsure you achieve good coverage by using the correct nozzles. The Syngenta XC Turf Nozzles have been engineered to achieve an improved coverage with reduced drift compared to flat fan type nozzles. The Foliar XC 04 is recommended for foliar fungicide applications.
Programmes
38
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Speak with your Technical Area Sales Manager to discuss the appropriate programme for your situation.
Approved fungicides for the control of Microdochium nivale under snow are:
Preventative Strategy* Curative Programme*Snow Mould
Mg N Cu MoCa Fe B KP Mn Zn
Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Danger Period
1. Maintain adequate levels of light and airflow all year
2. Do not promote the production of overly lush growth
3. SierraformGT "K-STEP " 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
4. Switch or brush to remove dew
5. Use Sierrasol Iron to harden the sward against attack
6. Use preventitive fungicides based on disease risk
snow mould
Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Outbreak
2. Instrata (if necessary)
6. Overseed if needed to generate recovery
snow mould
1. Only clear snow if feasable and if a serious attack is running
5. Use Sierrasol Iron to harden the sward against further attack
4. Medallion TL (if necessary)
3. SierraformGT "K-STEP " 6-0-27 +2MgO +Fe
6. Overseed if needed to generate recovery
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
39
iTurf Programm
es
RustCausal organism: Puccinia spp. Uromyces spp.
Problem Rust
Host Grass Types
Many species affected. Some affect many grass types while others are specialised
Symptoms Orange/brown pustules on individual leaves. Chlorotic halo may be evident around pustule
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• Warm/humid conditions
• Low light intensity
• Sufficient periods of leaf wetness (10 - 12 hours)
• Most severe on slow growing turf
• Usually indicates stress e.g. drought, inadequate fertilizer, shade
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of invasion• Maintain turf health with sufficient nutrient
inputs, especially towards the end of the growing season
• The use of slow release fertilizer late in the season can help maintain nutrient availability and turf health going into autumn
• Irrigate in the morning to minimise long periods of leaf wetness overnight
• Provide good air movement on the surface of grass
• Mow the turfgrass regularly and remove clippings if the turf is infected to reduce the number of spores
• Mixtures of several compatible turfgrass species fare better against rust than turfgrass composed of a single species
• Rarely needs fungicide control
Programmes
40
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Rust
Preventative Strategy*
Curative Programme*
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Rusts
1. Improve light and airflow
2. Maintain sensible mowing heights
3. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
4. Maintain turf health with appropriate nutritional inputs
5. Manage irrigation inputs to reduce periods of leaf wetness
6. Box off clippings if necessary
7. Overseed using less vulnerable varieties/species
Overseed using less vulnerable varieties/species
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outbreak
Rusts
1. Heritage Maxx/Heritage (if necessary)
2. Box off clippings if possible
3. Overseed using less vulnerable varieties/species
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
Approved fungicides for the control of Rust are:
41
iTurf Programm
es
Yellow Tuft
Problem Yellow Tuft
Host Grass Types
Most cool season grass species
SymptomsSmall tufts of excessively tillered yellow turf. The affected plants will pull easily from the turf to reveal dense clusters of yellowed tillers emanating from a single crown.
Conditions that can favour the development of the disease• The disease is most damaging in poorly drained turf
• Over-watering can also encourage the development of the disease
• Excessive thatch accumulations can lead to water retention
• Soil compaction can also impede drainage
Management strategy to reduce the likelihood of attack• Ensure adequate surface
and subsurface drainage
• Avoid the construction of low lying areas that will collect water and remain saturated for extended periods
• Install subsurface drainage
• Aerate and topdress on a regular basis to reduce compaction, minimize thatch accumulation, and encourage drainage
Yellow Tuft Preventative Strategy*
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Yellow Tuft
3. Top dress to dilute thatch and aerate soil profile
4. Remove excessive organic matter with coring or scarification
5. Do not overwater
6. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent to help reduce watering
1. Maintain turf health with appropriate nutritional inputs
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
7. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent to reduce moisture retention
*Example is for guidance only. Contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager to help build your own Programme.
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Programmes
42
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Danger Period
Yellow Tuft
3. Top dress to dilute thatch and aerate soil profile
4. Remove excessive organic matter with coring or scarification
5. Do not overwater
6. H2Pro Conserve Wetting Agent to help reduce watering
1. Maintain turf health with appropriate nutritional inputs
2. Regular aeration to maintain a healthy soil profile
7. H2Pro Maximise Wetting Agent to reduce moisture retention
43
iTurf Programm
es
4444
I am pleased to introduce the Everris Turf Grass Amenity division.
Grass seed is an integral part of our global business, of your work and is the foundation for successful turf management worldwide.
On behalf of Everris, I wish you every success in delivering high-quality turf grass surfaces.
Simon Taylor
Product & Business Development Manager - Grass Seeds
Grass Seed
4545
Grass Seed
Grass Seed Index
Subject Page
Seed testing programme 46
ProSelect 1: Premium Pitch 48
ProSelect 2: With Rye 49
ProSelect 3: Fairway Fescue 50
ProSelect 4: Greens 80/20 51
ProSelect 5: Fescue Greens 52
ProSelect 6: Classic 53
ProSelect 7: Sport 54
ProSelect 8: All Bent 55
ProSelect 9: Memorial 56
Grass Seed Varieties 57
Grass Seed
46 47
Get with the programmeEverris have developed an easy reference system using icons to assist turf managers when choosing the appropriate blends and varieties for their own situation.No matter what the demands - wear, heat, salinity, shade or diseases - Everris has the solution. High seed purity and performance are the foundations of iTurf integrated turf management programmes.
What the icons mean:
ProSelect is our range of turfgrass seed blends for golf courses, sports fields, turf growers and landscape contractors. Varieties in the range are developed through extensive breeding selection by Everris and our International seed partners to bring the most up-to-date material to the market. This synergy provides continuous blend development and improvement of our mixes in the turf and amenity sector.
Everris Turf Grass Screening Trials 2013
Seed TestingProgramme
Wear toleranceAble to withstand intensive wear with good recovery. Suitable for sports stadia, training grounds and any areas under intensive use.
Wear
Cold
Cold toleranceLow temperature germination and growth.Suitable for early and late season conditions where low ground/air temperatures are experienced.
Shade
Shade tolerancePerforms well in low light levels.Suitable in stadia, building surrounds or in natural shade created by trees.
Brown Patch
Brown Patch toleranceRhizoctonia (Brown patch) can affect most cool season turf grasses.This Icon indicates the varieties and blends with improved resistance.
Visual merit
Visual meritAn overall combination of grass sward quality taking into account year-round colour, shoot density, disease resistance and leaf texture.
46 47
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
STRI wear trial June 2011
STRI wear trial July 2011
Drought toleranceTolerance to high temperatures and drought.Suitable for areas with limited water resources or where high temperatures restrict the range of species that can be grown.Drought
Low maintenance
Low maintenance Reduced mowing frequency with low maintenance requirements. This includes reduced clipping yield, low growth rates and reduced mowing requirements.
Salt
Salt toleranceTolerance of salinity.Suitable for coastal locations with naturally higher salinity and facilities using irrigation drawn from salinity levels.
Disease
Disease toleranceHigher natural tolerance to the common turf diseases.
Sod quality
Sod (turf) qualityBlends that are free from contamination with other grasses and weeds.
Grass Seed
48 49
1
Areas Of Use: ✓ Tees / Surrounds✓ Stadium Pitches✓ Sports Fields✓ Public Green Spaces ✓ Parks ✓ Fairways
Premium Pitch All Rye
25mm
ProSelect 1 Premium Pitch establishes a dense, hard wearing blend of perennial ryegrasses, offering top performance for high quality stadia, sports fields and racecourses.
SEED VARIETIES100% PERENNIAL RYEGRASS• SHORTY • VERDI • VERMIO
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONSNew sowing: 35-50g/m² Overseeding: 20-35g/m²
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
ProSelect 1 BENEFITS Quick recovery from wear Outstanding visual appeal Rapid establishment
48 49
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
2
Areas Of Use: ✓ Tees✓ Fairways✓ Outfields✓ Hard Wearing Lawns
Tees/Fairways/Outfield With Rye
10-25mm
ProSelect 2 is a fescue and ryegrass blend that produces a fine, dense and wear tolerant blend with excellent visual merit. It creates a striking sward that offers good wear tolerance and density. With strong divot recovery and low vertical growth, it is an ideal, sustainable mixture for tees, fairways and outfields.
SEED VARIETIES60% PERENNIAL RYEGRASS • VERITY/ VERMIO20% SLENDER CREEPING RED FESCUE • JAVELIN20% STRONG CREEPING RED FESCUE • LISAMBA
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONS New sowing: 25-35g/m²Overseeding: 15-25g/m²
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
ProSelect 2 BENEFITS High wear tolerance Rapid establishment Strong divot recovery Low maintenance capability
Grass Seed
50 51
10-25mm
Areas Of Use: ✓ Tees✓ Fairways✓ Outfields✓ Fine Leaved Lawns ✓ Landscaping
Fairway Fescue All Fescue
3
ProSelect 3 Fairway Fescue is our premium fairway mixture. It has been developed for situations requiring fine fescues and high shoot density. ProSelect 3 Fairway Fescue is low growing and it also suited for use in shaded areas. It has good drought tolerance, disease resistance and salt tolerance.
SEED VARIETIES40% SLENDER CREEPING RED FESCUE • JAVELIN 30% CHEWINGS FESCUE • LIVISTA 30% STRONG CREEPING RED FESCUE • LISAMBA
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONS New sowing: 25-35g/m² Overseeding: 15-25g/m²
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
ProSelect 3 BENEFITS Excellent salt tolerance Good shade tolerance Strong divot recovery Low maintenance requirement
50 51
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Areas Of Use: ✓ Golf Greens✓ Bowling Greens
Greens 80/20 Fescue / Bent
4
7mm
ProSelect 4 Greens 80/20 is the classic seed mixture for establishing, renovating and transitioning fine turf. This blend of fescue/bent will produce beautiful dense turf which can be mown as low as 4mm. The varieties included in the blend show excellent performance in EU National seed lists.
SEED VARIETIES40% SLENDER CREEPING RED FESCUE • JAVELIN • LIBANO40% CHEWINGS FESCUE • LIVISTA20% BROWNTOP BENT • TROY
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONS New sowing: 25-35g/m² Overseeding: 15-25g/m²
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
ProSelect 4 BENEFITS Good salt, wear and shade tolerance Good winter colour Excellent Dollar Spot tolerance
Grass Seed
52 53
Areas Of Use: ✓ Golf Greens✓ Bowling Greens✓ Fine Lawns
Fescue Greens All Fescue
5
4-7mm
ProSelect 5 Fescue Greens is a fine blend for the establishment and renovation of ultra-fine close mown turf. It provides strong seedling vigour resulting in the quick establishment of a dense, fine-leaved turf. The blend offers good disease resistance and maintains a beautiful, medium green colour throughout the year.
SEED VARIETIES50% SLENDER CREEPING RED FESCUE • JAVELIN50% CHEWINGS FESCUE • LIVISTA • COMPASS
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONSNew sowing: 25-35g/m² Overseeding: 15-25g/m²
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
ProSelect 5 BENEFITS Good salt tolerance Excellent performance in shade Good wear tolerance
52 53
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Areas Of Use: ✓ All Purpose✓ Tees✓ Fairways✓ Outfields✓ Lawns✓ Landscaping
Classic With Rye
6
10-25mm
ProSelect 6 Classic is an all-purpose seed mixture created for golf tees, fairways, outfield and landscaping. ProSelect 6 Classic comprises medium green varieties that combine a fine leaved appearance with terrific sward density. The blend establishes quickly, offers good disease resistance, and maintains its colour throughout the year.
SEED VARIETIES50% PERENNIAL RYEGRASS • VERITY20% STRONG CREEPING RED FESCUE • LITANGO15% CHEWINGS FESCUE • COMPASS15% SLENDER CREEPING RED FESCUE • JAVELIN
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONSNew sowing: 35-50g/m² Overseeding: 20-35g/m² PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
ProSelect 6 BENEFITS Medium green colour Excellent wear tolerance Rapid establishment
Grass Seed
54 55
Areas Of Use: ✓ Football✓ Rugby✓ Lawns✓ Landscaping
Sport With Rye
ProSelect 7 BENEFITS Medium green colour Excellent wear tolerance Quick establishment Good all-round performer
7
25mm
ProSelect 7 Sport is a mixture designed for municipal sports fields. It is ideal for both new establishment and renovations. This blend has a wide range of attributes, including rapid germination, excellent disease resistance and medium green colour aspect.
SEED VARIETIES70% PERENNIAL RYEGRASS • FAIRWAY • VERITY • RECITAL30% STRONG CREEPING RED FESCUE • LITANGO
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONS New sowing: 35-50g/m² Overseeding: 20-35g/m²
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 20kg
54 55
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Areas Of Use: ✓ Golf Greens✓ Bowling Greens
All Bent
8
3-5mm
High quality browntop bentgrass mixture.
ProSelect All-Bent is a triple variety Agrostis capillaris blend designed for overseeding golf and bowling greens. Each variety offers individual strengths but when combined they form a highly competitive fine turf surface.
SEED VARIETIES100% BROWNTOP BENT • TROY• EGMONT• DENSO
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONSSeeding rateOverseeding: 5 g/m²New areas: 8 g/m2
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 10kg
ProSelect 8 BENEFITS Triple variety blend All UK STRI rated varieties Excellent all-round disease resistance Reduced nutrient input requirement
Grass Seed
56 57
Areas Of Use: ✓ Golf Greens
Memorial
ProSelect 9 BENEFITS High wear tolerance Outstanding turf quality Excellent for overseeding
9
3-7mm
Premium performance creeping bentgrass variety.
Memorial is a premium variety of Creeping bentgrass (Agrostis stolonifera) that performs well in UK and Ireland conditions. It has been selected specifically for use when overseeding to enhance sward composition and improve playing qualities.
SEED VARIETIES100% CREEPING BENTGRASS• MEMORIAL
SOWING RECOMMENDATIONSOverseeding: 5 g/m²New areas: 8 g/m2
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICSPack size: 5 kg
56 57
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Grass Seed Varieties
We are also able to offer a comprehensive range of quality grass seed varieties for golf, sports, landscaping and amenity turf.
Golf course managers can produce beautiful, fast, true greens using creeping bent grass, browntop bent or fescue. Complement your greens, add colour and contrast, and enhance all-round playability with a range of high quality fine turf varieties. You can also choose varieties that are suitable for maintaining strong, healthy turf on fairways, tees, rough and semi rough areas on all types of golf courses.
Perennial ryegrass is the choice of sports ground managers, but it is increasingly used on the golf course where the durability of the sward it produces benefits areas that are under stress from intensive wear.
Our Perennial ryegrass varieties combine outstanding aesthetic appearance with strength and durability to produce playing surfaces that withstand the demands of intensive match schedules.
Variety Species Icons Areas Of Use / Attributes Sowing Rate Mowing Hieght
Memorial Creeping Bent
Golf - Greens Fine Turf 5-8g/m2
3-7mm
Troy Browntop Bent Golf - Greens Fine Turf 5-8g/m2
3-7mm
Compass Chewings Fescue
Golf - Greens, Tees, Fairways Fine Turf Lawns 20-30g/m2
3-7mm
Javelin Slender Creeping Red Fescue
Golf - Greens, Tees, Fairways Fine Turf Lawns 20-30g/m2
4-25mm
Aurora Gold Hard Fescue
Golf - Rough, Semi-Rough Landscaping Lawns 20-30g/m2 Annual harvest
Lisamba Strong Creeping Red Fescue
Golf - Rough, Semi- Rough Landscaping Lawns 20-30g/m2
>25mm
Shorty Perennial Ryegrass
Dual Purpose Sports Football Rugby Lawns Winter Sports Racecourses
25-35g/m2
25mm
Vermio Perennial Ryegrass
Football Rugby Lawns Winter Sports Racecourses 25-35g/m2
25mm
Verity Perennial Ryegrass
Sports And Lawns Where Close Mowing Is Required 25-35g/m2
15-25mm
Thermal Blue Smooth Stalked Meadow Grass
Golf - Tees, Fairways Winter Sports Lawns 15-25g/m2
10-25mm
Grass Seed
Fertilizers
Turf managers across the globe trust Everris products to deliver outstanding resultsOur comprehensive range of turf and amenity fertilizers provides the highest quality nutrition for turf that is healthy, resilient and looks good.
Our unique, cutting edge, controlled-release and slow release technologies deliver nutrients accurately, efficiently and precisely.
5858
Fertilizer Index
Very suitable Suitable Not suitable
Product RangeHeight Of Cut
Turf Use
Application Method Technology Longevity PageGreens Tees Fairways
Sports Fields Amenity
Granular
SierraformGT Spreader
64
Greenmaster Pro-Lite
Spreader 68
Step Hi-Mag Spreader Special Trace Element Package 72
SierrablenPlus Spreader
74
Sierrablen Spreader
78
ProTurf Spreader 80
Sportsmaster Spreader Conventional 82
Sportsmaster CRF Mini
Spreader 84
Organic Based
Greenmaster Organic
Spreader Organic And Conventional 86
Sportsmaster Organic
Spreader Organic And Conventional 86
Liquid
Greenmaster Liquid
Sprayer 90
Sportsmaster WSF (Including Sierrasol Iron)
Sprayer 94
Vitalnova Blade Sprayer Biostimulant 96
5959
Fertilizers
Nutrient UptakeTurfgrass nutrition plays a vital role in all successful turf maintenance programmes.
Root UptakePlants acquire nutrients through root systems from the soil solution or from colloid surfaces. For the nutrient to be taken up efficiently, it needs to be in an available form. Interception and take up are also affected by soil condition, (sandy or acidic, for example) and the health and extent of the turf root system.
Efficient turfgrass nutrition requires you to manage soil and turf health correctly as well as supplying the correct forms of nutrition.
Everris granular and liquid fertilizers are formulated to deliver nutrient for optimal uptake over an extended period.
Macro nutrients: CarbonHydrogen Oxygen Nitrogen PhosphatePotassiumCalciumMagnesiumSulphur
Micro nutrients: IronZinc CopperManganeseMolybdenumBoronChlorine
Getting the right balance of essential elements enables the plant to function properly and promotes the growth of strong, healthy turf.
Everris fertilizers are designed to form an integral part of your integrated turf management plan, to keep the plant in the right condition to resist disease.
How much fertilizer is needed depends on the situation, the demands being made on the turf and nutrients present in the soil.
Soil testing can help you work out which nutrients are needed. Each individual nutrient can be classified as macro or micro depending on the quantity required by the plant. All are important and the plant will suffer if there is any deficiency.
60
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Foliar UptakeNutrient can also be taken up by the plant through foliage. This can be helpful when a quick response is needed or to deliver small quantities of essential nutrients evenly. Foliar feeding can also help overcome problems with root uptake. Foliar uptake requires the solution droplet to remain on the leaf and so is applied at low water volumes (400 - 600l/ha). Effectiveness of uptake depends on the turf health and available leaf area. The Everris range of liquid and water soluble fertilizers are formulated with TMax plant uptake activators for quick and effective foliar uptake.
Nutrient SourceThe source of nutrition can have a radical impact on turf quality and health. Each Everris range contains high quality nutrient sources for optimal performance and uptake.
The nutrient sources are chosen to provide effective uptake, to minimise waste and to achieve consistent and extended release patterns.
Nutrient Input
Gaseous Loss
Clipping Removal
Surface Run-off
Leaching
Immobilization
Uptake
Uptake
61
Fertilizers
PACE Resin coated technologyResin coating of NPK and trace elements to provide tailored release patterns
PACE is a controlled release technology fertilizer containing more than one nutrient. Our unique vegetable-based resin membrane ensures the plant receives a steady dose of Nitrogen, Potassium and Phosphorus. Depending on the thickness of the coating, nutrients are released over different lengths of time - from 2 - 3 months up to 8 - 9 months. When applied, pressure starts to build up within the granule, forcing nutrients through the semi-permeable vegetable-based coating. The release is not influenced by soil moisture levels, pH or bacterial activity, so remains consistent over a wide range of environmental conditions.
Nutrient Input
Uptake
UptakePACE technology:Nutrient is combined within each granule
Precision NutritionOur nutrition delivery technology is designed to help you maximise turf performance, minimise fertilizer inputs and eliminate waste.
Fertilizer TechnologyControlled (coated) or slow release technologies also allow us to design formulations that deliver the optimal nutrition over longer periods. Extensive independent trial work has repeatedly confirmed the benefits of choosing premium formulations. If we deliver nutrient in the correct form with an appropriate release pattern then we can improve the sward quality, increase root mass and radically reduce the level of disease activity.
Poly-S technology:Outer polymer coating Inner sulphur coating Urea nutrient core
Poly-S coated granule technologyPolymer and Sulphur coating regulates Nitrogen release to suit plant demand
Nitrogen granules are coated first with sulphur (a plant nutrient in itself) and then a unique polymer membrane, which is degradable. Once moisture permeates this outer polymer membrane and sulphur coating, Nitrogen is released. Depending on the thickness of the coating, this can last up to six months. Major increases in soil temperature and/or moisture do not create severe fluctuations in this release pattern, ensuring that Poly-S provides non-surge growth and a healthy, green turf even in warm, wet conditions. Because nutrient uptake is so efficient, the risk of leaching is reduced.
62
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
MU2 Extended Nitrogen release in microfine granules. Slow release Nitrogen that can be incorporated with a combination of quality nutrient sources
MU2 technology ensures the fertilizer distributes nutrients uniformly when applied, for even and slow growth across the whole grass area, creating a dense sward and a strong rooting system.
Fertilizers containing MU2 technology are very safe to use. They have extremely low salt levels so the turf plant can’t be burnt or damaged. The result is increased longevity of up to eight weeks (depending on environmental conditions).
Nutrient Input
Uptake
Uptake
SierraformGT contains the correct and most effective combination of nutrients for the grass plant. Every granule has an identical composition. The result is even growth and an even colour all over the entire turf area.
MU2 technology:
Premium conventional sourcesEverris include premium quality ingredients in all formulations
Everris only uses Urea and ammoniacal Nitrogen sources (primarily from Ammonium Sulphate) in the Greenmaster Pro-Lite range. We deliberately avoid the use of nitrate Nitrogen, which can leach easily or increase the risk of damaging disease outbreaks. At Everris all our ingredients are considered to be crucial to achieving the best results.
Nutrient Input
The choice of nutrient source is essential for effective uptake and longevity.
Nutrient Input
Uptake
Uptake
SiLK Slow release PotassiumA key ingredient of premium formulations to extend Potassium and Silica release and minimize leaching loss
Potassium is important for water regulation, protein synthesis, storage of starch and meristematic growth in plants as well as activating enzymes. With SilK, a larger bank of Potassium remains in the root zone available for plant uptake over a period of approximately 8 weeks. Silica improves both the structure and strength of cells, helping to protect the plant from disease. Excessive soil moisture does not affect the release mechanism.
Nutrient Input
Uptake
Uptake
SilK technology:Slow release Potassium in combination with Silica has been shown in trials to improve drought tolerance.
63
Fertilizers
SierraformGT is a high performance range designed for use on high quality fine turf throughout the year. Each granule contains conventional and slow release technology for consistent and sustained release. The slow release Nitrogen and Potassium sources are of benefit for root development and stress tolerance. Granules are formulated to allow even distribution at low rates of application.
SierraformGT granule
SierraformGT Benefits Slow release Nitrogen and Potassium for consistent, sustained results
Even spread at ultra-low application rate
Granules break down and disperse quickly
High performance micro-granular fertilizers that deliver slow release Nitrogen, Potassium and Silica, with trace elements for sustained performance
Recommended Usage ✓✓ Greens ✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields ✓ Amenity
Performance*Granule dispersal: 2 - 3 days Turf response: 7 days Longevity: 6 - 8 weeks
*depending on environmental factors
SierraformGT Granule Distribution
Non-homogeneous Homogeneous
Non-homogeneous granules of unequal size.
Non-homogeneous granules of the same size.
SierraformGT technology - uniform granules of the same size.
Large Granules Small Granules
Spreading pattern of comparable fertilizer - approx. 25,000 granules per m².
Spreading pattern of SierraformGT - approx. 50,000 granules per m².
Granule distribution
64
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Slow-release Potassium & SilicaIncreased soil-available Potassium with Everris slow-release K
The delivery of Nitrogen for sustained release
Ammonium
Urea
MU short chains
MU medium chains
MU long chains
TOTAL
Time
Nitr
ogen
rele
ase
Nitrogen release in SierraformGT
Spring Start
16-0-16
Mom- entum22-5-11
All Season18-6-18
NK19-0-19
Anti Stress15-0-26
K-Step6-0-27
Pre-Seeder18-22-05
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Nitr
ogen
Con
tent
(% w
t/w
t)
Ammonium
Urea
MU short chains
MU medium chains
MU long chains
Nitrogen content in SierraformGT
Potassium Sulphate
Everris slow release K (SilK)
200180160140120100806040200
Soil
avai
labl
e K
(mg/
l)
SilK – slow release Potassium and Silica matrix – is a technology developed by Everris and unique to SierraformGT that delivers Potassium and Silica in a controlled way. It reduces the loss of Potassium through leaching and helps maintain a continuous supply of Potassium and Silica to the grass plant. Research has shown that as a result, turf is better able to tolerate wear stress, drought conditions and disease pressure.
The slow release Potassium source in SierraformGT provides a gradual release of Potassium over time. This means that Potassium losses are limited in terms of leaching and excessive uptake by the plant, and so that there is more available in the soil for the plant at a later date. As the Potassium is continuously released over time, it has the effect of spoon feeding the turf the correct level of K without the risk of over or under feeding or lock up within the soil.
65
Fertilizers
Spreader Settings
The complete SierraformGT range
Rate (g/m2)
Rotary Spreader(AccuPro 2000, SR 2000, SR-1, R8-A)
Drop Spreader(SS-1, SS-2)
Cone Setting Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @ Half Rate Spread width
Single Pass @ Full Rate
Double Pass @ Half Rate
20 6 3.7m L I ½ 0.91m 4 ½ 3 ¼
25 6 3.7m M J ½ 0.91m 4 ¾ 3 ½
30 6 3.7m M ½ K 0.91m 5 ¼ 3 ¾
Product name oxide analysis(Elemental analysis)
Technology/longevity
Product notes Nutrient breakdown Bag sizes (kg)
Application rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended period of use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K MgO Cu Fe Mn Mo Zn SiTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N-MU2 N P K 20Kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring Start16-0-16 +Fe +Mn(16-0-13.3 +Fe +Mn)
Quick reaction in cooler conditions is ideal for spring application.
16 7.9 2.4 5.7 0 16 1.0 0.3 1.5 20202530
324048
000
324048
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Momentum22-5-11 +2MgO +TE(22-2.2-9.1 +1.2Mg +TE)
For use in spring and summer with Magnesium and TE for turf colour.
22 3 7.5 11.5 5 11 2 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.001 0.02 1.5 20202530
445566
101315
222833
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
All Season18-6-18 +2MgO +TE(18-2.6-14.9 +1.2Mg +TE)
Ideal for use after aeration to stimulate root growth.
18 1.3 8.2 8.5 6 18 2 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.001 0.02 2.6 20202530
364554
121518
364554
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
NK19-0-19 +2MgO +TE(19-0-15.8 +1.2Mg +TE)
Balanced NK fertilizer for use from spring to autumn.
19 9.9 9.1 0 19 2 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.001 0.02 2.6 20202530
384857
000
384857
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Anti-Stress15-0-26 +Fe(15-0-21.5 +Fe)
High Potassium content to harden turf in stressful summer or autumn conditions.
15 7.2 7.8 0 26 1.0 4.0 20202530
303845
000
526578
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
K-STEP6-0-27 +2MgO +TE(6-0-22.4 +1.2Mg +TE)
High Potassium content to harden turf in autumn and winter.
6 0.7 5.3 0 27 2 0.02 0.7 0.1 0.001 0.02 3.9 20202530
121518
000
546881
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Pre-Seeder18-22-5(18-9.6-4.1)
Ideal during over-seeding period or when laying turf.
18 6.4 2.7 8.9 22 5 0.9 20202530
364554
445566
1012.515
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
66
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product name oxide analysis(Elemental analysis)
Technology/longevity
Product notes Nutrient breakdown Bag sizes (kg)
Application rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended period of use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K MgO Cu Fe Mn Mo Zn SiTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N-MU2 N P K 20Kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring Start16-0-16 +Fe +Mn(16-0-13.3 +Fe +Mn)
Quick reaction in cooler conditions is ideal for spring application.
16 7.9 2.4 5.7 0 16 1.0 0.3 1.5 20202530
324048
000
324048
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Momentum22-5-11 +2MgO +TE(22-2.2-9.1 +1.2Mg +TE)
For use in spring and summer with Magnesium and TE for turf colour.
22 3 7.5 11.5 5 11 2 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.001 0.02 1.5 20202530
445566
101315
222833
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
All Season18-6-18 +2MgO +TE(18-2.6-14.9 +1.2Mg +TE)
Ideal for use after aeration to stimulate root growth.
18 1.3 8.2 8.5 6 18 2 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.001 0.02 2.6 20202530
364554
121518
364554
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
NK19-0-19 +2MgO +TE(19-0-15.8 +1.2Mg +TE)
Balanced NK fertilizer for use from spring to autumn.
19 9.9 9.1 0 19 2 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.001 0.02 2.6 20202530
384857
000
384857
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Anti-Stress15-0-26 +Fe(15-0-21.5 +Fe)
High Potassium content to harden turf in stressful summer or autumn conditions.
15 7.2 7.8 0 26 1.0 4.0 20202530
303845
000
526578
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
K-STEP6-0-27 +2MgO +TE(6-0-22.4 +1.2Mg +TE)
High Potassium content to harden turf in autumn and winter.
6 0.7 5.3 0 27 2 0.02 0.7 0.1 0.001 0.02 3.9 20202530
121518
000
546881
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Pre-Seeder18-22-5(18-9.6-4.1)
Ideal during over-seeding period or when laying turf.
18 6.4 2.7 8.9 22 5 0.9 20202530
364554
445566
1012.515
1,000800667
J F M A M J J A S O N D
• MU2 is proven to enhance root development compared with other forms of Nitrogen
• Slow release Potassium and Silica improves drought tolerance
• Improved slow release delivery of nutrients reduces losses and will allow a reduction in inputs
Directions for use1. Apply to dry foliage and irrigate after 1 - 2 days if no rain
has fallen. Irrigation aids dispersion and minimises risk of mower pick-up on close mown surfaces
2. Avoid applications during frost or drought conditions
3. Delay verti-cutting and/or grooming for 3 days after application to allow granules to disperse
4. Nitrogen release is significantly slowed when soil temperatures are less than 10ºC
5. Watering-in after application will minimize footprinting
67
Fertilizers
Recommended Usage ✓✓ Greens ✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields ✓ Amenity
Greenmaster Pro-Lite is a conventional release, finely granulated homogeneous fertilizer for use on fine turf areas. The range contains various analyses that are designed to optimise turf health throughout the year. Micro-granular particles disperse evenly and quickly for fast response and consistent results. The naturally occurring Zeolite (clinoptilolite) in every granule improves performance, longevity and colour response.
Greenmaster Pro-Lite Benefits The micro-granule formulation allows even distribution even at low rates of application
Release pattern gives reliable results High quality ingredients provide reliable
release patterns
An outstanding micro-granular fertilizer range for high quality, fine turf nutrition
Performance*Granule dispersal: 3 - 4 days Turf response: within 7 days Longevity: 6 weeks
*depending on environmental factors
68
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
The principles of Pro-Lite technologyPro-Lite technology is based on Zeolite and it has a three dimensional cage framework of Silica alumina and other molecules that act as a microscopic sponge due to the number of spaces and channels. Excess oxygen in the framework creates a strong negative charge, meaning it has a very high attraction for positively charged ions (cations) such as NH4+, Mg++, Ca++ etc. Due to this strong negative charge, Pro-Lite has a Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) of around 180meq/100g. Pro-Lite is able to hold onto cationic nutrients and water molecules until they are needed by the plant, giving an extended period of nutrient delivery.3D cage framework of Pro-Lite technology.
Everris only uses Urea and ammoniacal Nitrogen sources in Greenmaster Pro-Lite. We avoid the use of nitrate Nitrogen that can leach easily through the rootzone and increase soil surface pH, which is linked to diseases such as Fusarium Patch (Microdochium nivale).
Quality nutrients countNitrogen Content
Urea Nitrogen Ammoniacal Nitrogen
Turf Tonic 8-0-0
+3MgO+Fe
Invigorator4-0-8 +4Fe
Cold Start 11-5-5+8Fe
Spring & Summer 14-5-
10+2MgO
Zero Phosphate 14-0-10 +3MgO
NK12-0-12
+3MgO+Fe
Double K7-0-14 +4Fe
Autumn6-5-10
+Fe
Autumn Mg6-5-11 +3MgO
Pro-Iron7%
Fe+3MgO +Seaweed
Mosskiller14-0-0 +8.9Fe
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Nitr
ogen
Con
tent
(% W
t/W
t)
69
Fertilizers
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K MgO FeTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N-MU2N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
Turf Tonic8-0-0 +3MgO +Fe(8-0-0 +1.8Mg +Fe)
Works well at low temperatures to boost early season growth.
8 4.5 3.5 0 0 3.3 3 25 3035
2428
00
00
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Invigorator4-0-8 +2MgO +4Fe(4-0-6.6 +1.2Mg +4Fe)
Low Nitrogen, high Potassium with Iron to help harden turf in spring and autumn.
4 4 0 8 3.3 4 25 3035
1214
00
2428
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Cold Start11-5-5 +8Fe(11-2.2-4.1 +8Fe)
Readily available Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium to kick-start spring recovery growth.
11 5.6 5.4 5 5 8 25 3035
3338.5
1517.5
1517.5
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring & Summer14-5-10 +2MgO(14-2.2-8.3 +1.2Mg)
Maintains strong growth levels and enhances turf colour during the spring and summer.
14 5.1 8.9 5 10 2 25 3035
4249
1517.5
3035
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Zero Phosphate14-0-10 +3MgO(14-0-8.3 +1.8Mg)
Maintains turf health during periods of growth. Magnesium added to improve turf colour and stress tolerance.
14 7.8 6.2 0 10 3 25 3035
4249
00
3035
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
NK12-0-12 +3MgO +2Fe(12-0-10.0 +1.8Mg +2Fe)
Ideal for use from spring through to late summer to maintain Potassium levels.
12 4.1 7.9 0 12 3 2 25 3035
3642
00
3642
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Double K7-0-14 +4Fe(7-0-11.6 +4Fe)
Low Nitrogen high Potassium for turf strengthening throughout the year.
7 2.8 4.2 0 14 4 25 3035
2124.5
00
4249
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Autumn6-5-10 +6Fe(6-2.2-8.3 +6Fe)MAPP No 12196 PCS No 92155
NPK analysis with high Iron to balance turf health, harden the sward and provide moss control.
6 4.3 1.7 5 10 6 25 3035
1821
1517.5
3035
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Autumn Mg6-5-11 +3MgO +0.5Fe(6-2.2-9.1 +1.8Mg +0.5Fe)
Low Iron NPK analysis formulated with Magnesium to enhance turf health and colour.
6 1.8 0.2 4.0 5 11 3 0.5 25 3035
1821
1517.5
3338.5
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Pro-Iron0-0-0 +7Fe +3MgO +seaweed(0-0-0 +7%Fe +1.8Mg + seaweed)
Provides quick green-up with minimal growth especially useful in autumn and winter.
0 0 0 3 7 25 3035
00
00
00
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Mosskiller14-0-0 +8.9FeMAPP No 12197PCS No 90716
Ideal for use as a spring fertilizer or in areas with moss infestation.
14 6 8 0 0 8.9 25 35 0 0 0 714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete Greenmaster Pro-Lite range
Directions for use1. Apply to dry foliage and irrigate after 1 - 2 days
if no rain has fallen
2. Irrigation aids dispersion and minimises risk of mower pick-up on close mown surfaces
3. Avoid applications during frost or drought conditions
4. Delay verti-cutting and/or grooming for three days after application to allow granules to disperse
5. If spilled on pavement, concrete, clothes, etc, wash off immediately as product can stain
• The source of Nitrogen can significantly influence sward composition
• The risk of disease will be reduced by optimising turf health
• Low N high K plus Fe turf hardeners can be especially helpful throughout autumn
70
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K MgO FeTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N-MU2N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
Turf Tonic8-0-0 +3MgO +Fe(8-0-0 +1.8Mg +Fe)
Works well at low temperatures to boost early season growth.
8 4.5 3.5 0 0 3.3 3 25 3035
2428
00
00
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Invigorator4-0-8 +2MgO +4Fe(4-0-6.6 +1.2Mg +4Fe)
Low Nitrogen, high Potassium with Iron to help harden turf in spring and autumn.
4 4 0 8 3.3 4 25 3035
1214
00
2428
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Cold Start11-5-5 +8Fe(11-2.2-4.1 +8Fe)
Readily available Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium to kick-start spring recovery growth.
11 5.6 5.4 5 5 8 25 3035
3338.5
1517.5
1517.5
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring & Summer14-5-10 +2MgO(14-2.2-8.3 +1.2Mg)
Maintains strong growth levels and enhances turf colour during the spring and summer.
14 5.1 8.9 5 10 2 25 3035
4249
1517.5
3035
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Zero Phosphate14-0-10 +3MgO(14-0-8.3 +1.8Mg)
Maintains turf health during periods of growth. Magnesium added to improve turf colour and stress tolerance.
14 7.8 6.2 0 10 3 25 3035
4249
00
3035
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
NK12-0-12 +3MgO +2Fe(12-0-10.0 +1.8Mg +2Fe)
Ideal for use from spring through to late summer to maintain Potassium levels.
12 4.1 7.9 0 12 3 2 25 3035
3642
00
3642
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Double K7-0-14 +4Fe(7-0-11.6 +4Fe)
Low Nitrogen high Potassium for turf strengthening throughout the year.
7 2.8 4.2 0 14 4 25 3035
2124.5
00
4249
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Autumn6-5-10 +6Fe(6-2.2-8.3 +6Fe)MAPP No 12196 PCS No 92155
NPK analysis with high Iron to balance turf health, harden the sward and provide moss control.
6 4.3 1.7 5 10 6 25 3035
1821
1517.5
3035
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Autumn Mg6-5-11 +3MgO +0.5Fe(6-2.2-9.1 +1.8Mg +0.5Fe)
Low Iron NPK analysis formulated with Magnesium to enhance turf health and colour.
6 1.8 0.2 4.0 5 11 3 0.5 25 3035
1821
1517.5
3338.5
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Pro-Iron0-0-0 +7Fe +3MgO +seaweed(0-0-0 +7%Fe +1.8Mg + seaweed)
Provides quick green-up with minimal growth especially useful in autumn and winter.
0 0 0 3 7 25 3035
00
00
00
833714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Mosskiller14-0-0 +8.9FeMAPP No 12197PCS No 90716
Ideal for use as a spring fertilizer or in areas with moss infestation.
14 6 8 0 0 8.9 25 35 0 0 0 714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spreader Settings
Rate (g/m2)
Rotary Spreader(AccuPro 2000, SR 2000, SR-1, R8-A)
Drop Spreader(SS-1, SS-2)
Cone Setting Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @ Half Rate Spread width
Single Pass @ Full Rate
Double Pass @ Half Rate
30 6 3.7m M J ½ 0.91m 5 ¼ 4
35 6 3.7m N K 0.91m 5 ½ 4 ¼
71
Fertilizers
Recommended Usage ✓✓ Greens ✓✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓✓ Sport Fields ✓ Amenity
The only granular trace element supplement on the market, STEP Hi-Mag contains all the necessary micro nutrients required for healthy turf growth. Especially useful for preventing deficiencies in sand-based constructions. Magnesium rapidly improves turf health and colour.
STEP Hi-Mag Benefits Helps prevent nutrient deficiencies in sand-based constructions
Contains a high proportion of Magnesium to enhance turf health and colour
Proven benefits against the development of Take-All Patch disease
Our unique granular trace element supplement
Performance*Granule dispersal: 4 - 5 days Turf response: 7 days Longevity: 6 weeks
*depending on environmental factors
Product characteristicsBag size: 20kgApplication Rate: 7 - 11g/m2
Bag coverage: 1,818 - 2,857m2
Particle size: 0.25 - 2.5mm (95%) Granule count: 1,900 granules/g
Trace elements for managing disease more effectively
STEP Hi-Mag is proven to reduce disease pressure in turf when used as part of an iTurf programme. Manganese plays an important role in managing Take-All Patch disease and when used efficiently, helps to minimise its occurrence.
An STRI trial showed that by combining the high Manganese contained in STEP Hi-Mag with a slow release SierraformGT programme, Take-All Patch level is maintained at an acceptable level of under 2% cover. Combining this nutritional programme with a fungicide programme totally eradicated the disease from the turf.
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha) Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
MgO Cu Fe Mn Zn MgO Cu Fe Mn Zn 20kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
STEP Hi-Mag Prevents trace element deficiencies and contains Magnesium for turf health and colour. 19.8 0.50 8.0 3.0 1.0 20 7
1113.921.9
0.40.6
5.68.8
2.13.3
0.71.1
2,8571,818 J F M A M J J A S O N D
STEP Hi-Mag
Untreated
SierraformGT
SierraformGT + STEP Hi-Mag
SierraformGT + STEP Hi-Mag + Fungicide
0 15 27 43 54 68 81 96 111 128 144 158
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0Area
affe
cted
by
Take
-All
Patc
h (%
)
Take-All Patch trial
72
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
• Use to maintain turf health based on soil analysis results
• Incorporate into an iTurf programme if there is risk of Take-All Patch disease
Directions for use1. Apply to dry foliage and irrigate after 1 - 2 days
if no rain has fallen
2. Irrigation aids dispersion and minimizes any risk of mower pick-up on close mown surfaces
3. Avoid applications during frost or drought conditions
4. Watering-in after application minimizes footprinting risk
5. If spilt on paving slabs, concrete, clothes, etc. brush off immediately, as product may cause discolouration
6. Delay verti-cutting and/or grooming for three days after application to allow granules to disperse
7. Can be applied at six week intervals
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha) Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
MgO Cu Fe Mn Zn MgO Cu Fe Mn Zn 20kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
STEP Hi-Mag Prevents trace element deficiencies and contains Magnesium for turf health and colour. 19.8 0.50 8.0 3.0 1.0 20 7
1113.921.9
0.40.6
5.68.8
2.13.3
0.71.1
2,8571,818 J F M A M J J A S O N D
73
Fertilizers
Recommended Usage ✓✓ Tees ✓✓ Fairways ✓✓ Sports Fields ✓✓ Amenity
The SierrablenPlus range blends Poly-S and resin-coated PACE technology with conventional N-sources providing the best long-term nutrient release patterns. The mini granular formulation allows even coverage at low application rates. A number of the analyses contain coated P and K extending longevity and quality of performance.
Sierrablen Plus Benefits The mini-granular formulation allows application even at low rates
3+ months to 5+ month longevities available
Extremely cost effective at low application rates
Premium technology controlled release mini-prill fertilizers
Performance*Granule dispersal: 7 days (visually dispersed from surface) Turf response: 7 daysLongevity: 3+ months, 4 - 5 months and 5+ months
*depending on environmental factors
Poly-SPoly-S is a controlled release Nitrogen source that delivers nutrients gradually over the required longevity. Nutrient release is primed by moisture permeating through the outer polymer channels, through micro-channels in the sulphur layer and into the nutrient core where the urea is solubilised.
Once the urea is solubilised, it travels back through the same pathways where it is released and made available for plant uptake.
PACE ResinPACE resin coated fertilizers rely on soil temperature as the sole mechanism of nutrient release. Once applied to turf, granules absorb moisture from their environment, gradually dissolving nutrients enclosed. When soil temperatures are above 6°C, pressure begins to build within the granule forcing nutrients through the semi-permeable resin coating. The length of release is determined by the resin type and thickness of the coating surrounding the granule. The thicker the coating, the slower the daily release rate and the longer the product lasts. Nutrients are accurately released and matched exactly to turf growth requirements. The release is not influenced by soil moisture levels, pH or bacterial activity and remains consistent over a wide range of environmental conditions. In dry or cold conditions, nutrient release will slow or cease.
Poly-S technology:Outer polymer coating Inner sulphur coating Urea nutrient core
Nutrient Input
Uptake
UptakePACE technology:Nutrient is combined within each granule
74
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Research conducted at STRI in 2010 observed the prevalence of Leaf Spot in Poa pratensis turf managed at 20 - 25mm over a period of six months.
The effects of SierrablenPlus were measured in comparison to Organo-mineral and IBDU fertilizers, applied at 168kg N/ha, versus untreated turf. SierrablenPlus, utilising Poly-S and PACE Resin CRF technologies, gave the most consistent delivery of nutrient in the trial, creating a stronger turf that was more resilient to Leaf Spot compared to Organo-mineral and IBDU slow release fertilizers.
Research conducted at STRI in 2009 observed the prevalence of Red Thread in turf managed at 15mm over a period of six months.
The effects of SierrablenPlus were measured in comparison to Organo-mineral and IBDU slow-release fertilizers, applied at 160kg N/ha, versus untreated turf. Red Thread is known to be more common on turf with low fertility. Increasing available Nitrogen can successfully reduce disease incidence.
All fertilizer programmes reduced disease pressure versus the unfertilized, however, SierrablenPlus was the most successful in reducing Red Thread. This demonstrates that SierrablenPlus gave the most consistent supply of Nitrogen with only two applications.
26.7
10.6
5.93.8
Untreated
Organo-mineral
IBDU
SierrablenPlus
All fertilizer programmes applied 168kg N/ha for the season.
3 x applications
2 x applications
2 x applications
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Leaf
Spo
t (%
are
a af
fect
ed)
Prevention of Leaf Spot in managed turf
20.5
6,27.9
4.7
Untreated
Organo-mineral
IBDU
SierrablenPlus
4 x applications162kg N/ha per season
2 x applications160kg N/ha per season
2 x applications160kg N/ha per season
25
20
15
10
5
0
Aver
age
Red
Thre
ad (%
affe
cted
)
Prevention of Red Thread in managed turf
Uncoated Urea
Coated N
Ammoniacal N
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Nitr
ogen
Con
tent
(% w
t/w
t)
Nitrogen content in SierrablenPlus
24-05-13(3M+)
38-0-0(3M+)
19-5-18(3M+)
20-20-08(3M+)
15-0-28(3M+)
24-5-8(5M+)
18-5-18(5M+)
15-5-22(5M+)
75
Fertilizers
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient Levels Applied (kg/ha)
Bag Coverage (m2) Per
Recommended Period Of Use
Nitrogen
Total P (%
Coated)
Total K (%
Coated) MgO
Total N (%
Coated) N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N P K 25kg Bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
38-0-0 (3 Months)(38-0-0)
Controlled released Nitrogen matches plant requirements to give continuous growth over 2 - 3 months.
38 (100%) 38 0 0 20 15
2057.076.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,3331,000 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring Starter (3 Months)24-5-13 (24-2.2-10.8)
Encourages healthy balanced growth at start of season.
24 (79%) 2 3 19 5 13
(27%) 25253035
60.072.084.0
12.515.017.5
32.539.045.5
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Active (3 Months)19-5-18 +2MgO +TE(19-2.2-14.9 +1.2Mg)
Full trace element package to enhance turf health and Magnesium to improve turf colour.
19 (95%) 1 18 5 18 2 25
253035
47.557.066.5
12.515.017.5
45.054.063.0
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Renovator (3 Months)20-20-8(20-8.7-6.6)
Controlled release base feed that is ideal for new stadia constructions to give fast re-establishment.
20 (80%) 4 16 20 8 25
253035
50.060.070.0
50.060.070.0
20.024.028.0
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Stress Control (3 Months)15-0-28 +2MgO(15-0-23.2 +1.2Mg)
High Potassium content strengthens cell walls and aids water regulation in plant.
15 (100%) 15 0 28 2 25
253035
37.545.052.5
0.00.00.0
70.084.098.0
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
0-0-39 (3 - 4 Months)(0-0-32.4)
Ideal controlled released Potassium fertilizer for hardening turf coming into winter. 0 0 39
(100%) 25202530
0.00.00.0
0.00.00.0
78.097.5117.0
1,2501,000833
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring Starter (5 Months)24-5-8 +2MgO(24-2.2-6.6 +1.2Mg)
Spring starter fertilizer with nutrients delivered over 4 - 5 months to encourage healthy balanced turf growth.
24 (80%) 6 7 11 5
(45%)8
(65%) 2 25
30354045
72.084.096.0108.0
15.017.520.022.5
24.028.032.036.0
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Active (5 Months)18-5-18 +2MgO(18-2.2-14.9 +1.2Mg)
Balanced NK fertilizer with P for use from spring to autumn. Magnesium to improve turf colour.
18 (74%) 4 5 9 5
(35%)18
(17%) 2 25
30354045
54.063.072.081.0
15.017.520.022.5
54.063.072.022.5
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Stress Control (5 Months)15-5-22 +2MgO(15-2.2-18.3 +1.2Mg)
Classic turf hardener formulation is ideal for year-round use.
15 (69%) 3.5 4.5 7 5
(35%)22
(12%) 2 25
30354045
45.052.560.067.5
15.017.520.022.5
66.077.088.099.0
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete SierrablenPlus range
76
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient Levels Applied (kg/ha)
Bag Coverage (m2) Per
Recommended Period Of Use
Nitrogen
Total P (%
Coated)
Total K (%
Coated) MgO
Total N (%
Coated) N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N P K 25kg Bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
38-0-0 (3 Months)(38-0-0)
Controlled released Nitrogen matches plant requirements to give continuous growth over 2 - 3 months.
38 (100%) 38 0 0 20 15
2057.076.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,3331,000 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring Starter (3 Months)24-5-13 (24-2.2-10.8)
Encourages healthy balanced growth at start of season.
24 (79%) 2 3 19 5 13
(27%) 25253035
60.072.084.0
12.515.017.5
32.539.045.5
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Active (3 Months)19-5-18 +2MgO +TE(19-2.2-14.9 +1.2Mg)
Full trace element package to enhance turf health and Magnesium to improve turf colour.
19 (95%) 1 18 5 18 2 25
253035
47.557.066.5
12.515.017.5
45.054.063.0
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Renovator (3 Months)20-20-8(20-8.7-6.6)
Controlled release base feed that is ideal for new stadia constructions to give fast re-establishment.
20 (80%) 4 16 20 8 25
253035
50.060.070.0
50.060.070.0
20.024.028.0
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Stress Control (3 Months)15-0-28 +2MgO(15-0-23.2 +1.2Mg)
High Potassium content strengthens cell walls and aids water regulation in plant.
15 (100%) 15 0 28 2 25
253035
37.545.052.5
0.00.00.0
70.084.098.0
1,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
0-0-39 (3 - 4 Months)(0-0-32.4)
Ideal controlled released Potassium fertilizer for hardening turf coming into winter. 0 0 39
(100%) 25202530
0.00.00.0
0.00.00.0
78.097.5117.0
1,2501,000833
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring Starter (5 Months)24-5-8 +2MgO(24-2.2-6.6 +1.2Mg)
Spring starter fertilizer with nutrients delivered over 4 - 5 months to encourage healthy balanced turf growth.
24 (80%) 6 7 11 5
(45%)8
(65%) 2 25
30354045
72.084.096.0108.0
15.017.520.022.5
24.028.032.036.0
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Active (5 Months)18-5-18 +2MgO(18-2.2-14.9 +1.2Mg)
Balanced NK fertilizer with P for use from spring to autumn. Magnesium to improve turf colour.
18 (74%) 4 5 9 5
(35%)18
(17%) 2 25
30354045
54.063.072.081.0
15.017.520.022.5
54.063.072.022.5
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Stress Control (5 Months)15-5-22 +2MgO(15-2.2-18.3 +1.2Mg)
Classic turf hardener formulation is ideal for year-round use.
15 (69%) 3.5 4.5 7 5
(35%)22
(12%) 2 25
30354045
45.052.560.067.5
15.017.520.022.5
66.077.088.099.0
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spreader Settings
Rate (g/m2)
Rotary Spreader(AccuPro 2000, SR 2000, SR-1, R8-A)
Cone Setting Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @ Half Rate
25 4 4.8m O L
30 4 4.8m P M
35 4 4.8m R M ½
40 4 4.8m S N
45 4 4.8m T N ½
• Appropriate nutrition can radically reduce the level of disease incidence
• Wear tolerance depends on effective nutrient delivery
SierrablenPlus granule
77
Fertilizers
The complete Sierrablen rangeProduct Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Appli cation Rate
(g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
Total P (%
coated)
Total K (%
coated) Fe
Total N (%
coated) N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N-MU2 N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
38-0-0(38-0-0)
Controlled released Nitrogen matches plant requirements to give continuous growth over 4 - 5 months.
38 (100%) 38 0 0 20
30354045
114133152171
0000
0000
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
28-5-5 +Fe(28-2.2-4.1 +Fe)
Contains controlled release NPK with readily available Nitrogen for response at low temperatures.
28 (98%) 3.9 4.9 19.2 5
(55%)5
(100%) 0.5 25354555
98.0126.0154.0
17.522.527.5
17.522.527.5
714556455
J F M A M J J A S O N D
15-0-22 +Fe(15-0-18.3 +Fe)
Ideal controlled release fertilizer for application during the second half of the growing season.
15 (97%) 4.2 4.7 6.1 0 22
(80%) 1 25354555
52.567.582.5
000
7799121
714556455
J F M A M J J A S O N D
27-5-5 +Fe(27-2.2-4.1 +Fe)
A one application per season, NPK fertilizer. 27 (98%) 4 5 18 5
(55%)5
(100%) 0.5 25405060
108135162
202530
202530
625500417
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spreader Settings
Rate (g/m2)
Rotary Spreader(AccuPro 2000, SR 2000, SR-1, R8-A)
Cone Setting Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @
Half Rate
30 4 4.7m R ½ N
35 4 4.7m T ½ O
40 4 4.7m V O ½
45 4 4.7m X P
50 4 4.7m n/a Q
55 4 4.7m n/a R
60 4 4.7m n/a R ½
Recommended Usage ✓ Tees ✓✓ Fairways ✓✓ Sports Fields ✓ Amenity
The Sierrablen range of blended fertilizers contains Poly-S and Resin coated controlled release fertilizer granules. Coating technology provides nutrient delivery from 4 - 5 months to 8 - 9 months to suit individual requirements. Blends are free flowing and their good, even spread characteristics make them ideal for turf mown higher than 12mm. The analyses and release patterns are designed to optimise turf nutrition throughout the year and in a range of situations.
Sierrablen Benefits Long standing brand with proven release performance in various climatic conditions
Coated granules provide extended longevity up 8 - 9 months
Consistent nutrient release pattern that reduces leaching
Premium quality controlled release fertilizers for use on tees and outfields
Performance*Granule dispersal: 10 days (visually dispersed from surface)Turf response: 10 daysLongevity: 4 - 5, 5 - 6 and 8 - 9 months depending on product
*depending on environmental factors
78
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Appli cation Rate
(g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
Total P (%
coated)
Total K (%
coated) Fe
Total N (%
coated) N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N-MU2 N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
38-0-0(38-0-0)
Controlled released Nitrogen matches plant requirements to give continuous growth over 4 - 5 months.
38 (100%) 38 0 0 20
30354045
114133152171
0000
0000
833714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
28-5-5 +Fe(28-2.2-4.1 +Fe)
Contains controlled release NPK with readily available Nitrogen for response at low temperatures.
28 (98%) 3.9 4.9 19.2 5
(55%)5
(100%) 0.5 25354555
98.0126.0154.0
17.522.527.5
17.522.527.5
714556455
J F M A M J J A S O N D
15-0-22 +Fe(15-0-18.3 +Fe)
Ideal controlled release fertilizer for application during the second half of the growing season.
15 (97%) 4.2 4.7 6.1 0 22
(80%) 1 25354555
52.567.582.5
000
7799121
714556455
J F M A M J J A S O N D
27-5-5 +Fe(27-2.2-4.1 +Fe)
A one application per season, NPK fertilizer. 27 (98%) 4 5 18 5
(55%)5
(100%) 0.5 25405060
108135162
202530
202530
625500417
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Sierrablen granule
• Maintain year-round turf health and wear tolerance with controlled release nutrition
• Uses fewer applications and is more cost effective
Reduce leaching and improve turf qualityResearch conducted at the NMI in The Netherlands, at Levington Research Station in the UK and at INRA in France has shown that controlled release fertilizer significantly reduces leaching losses versus conventional and organic fertilizers. The use of Sierrablen resulted in more Nitrogen being available for plant growth.
Conventional Fertilizer
Organic Mineral Fertilizer
Everris Controlled Release Fertilizer
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
Nitr
ogen
leac
hed
(% o
f tot
al a
pplie
d)
34% lessproduct applied
10% lessNitrogen applied
11% extra performance
Sierrablen 38-0-0, 86kg N/ha
Competitor 28-0-0, 96kg N/ha
6.4
6.3
6.2
6.1
6
5.9
5.8
5.7
5.6
5.5
5.4Tu
rf Q
ualit
y (1
- 10
)
Turf Quality, 5 months after application
Not all controlled release fertilizers are the same!The quality of the coating used and the percentage of nutrients that are coated all affect a fertilizer’s reliability and performance. An STRI trial showed that Sierrablen 38-0-0 with 4 - 5 month longevity delivered superior turf quality with less Nitrogen and at a lower application rate than a competitor 28-0-0, 5 months longevity product.
79
Fertilizers
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag sizes (kg)
Application rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended period of use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K CaO MgO
Total N (%
coated) N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
20-0-7 +3CaO +3MgO(20-0-5.8 +2.1CaO +1.8MgO)
Strong intial boost coupled with longevity is ideal for in-season applications.
20 (25%) 20 0 7 3 3 25
500
20253035
40.050.060.070.0
0.00.00.00.0
14.017.521.024.5
1,2501,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
12-5-20 +2CaO +2MgO(12-2.2-16.6 +1.4CaO +1.2MgO)
Designed to sustain, strengthen and harden turf through the autumn and winter.
12 (25%) 1.3 10.7 5 20 2 2 25
20253035
24.030.036.042.0
10.012.515.017.5
40.050.060.070.0
1,2501,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete ProTurf range
Recommended Usage ✓✓ Tees ✓✓ Fairways ✓✓ Sports Fields ✓✓ Amenity
ProTurf is a range of high quality blended granular fertilizers with controlled release technology.
Formulated to give a strong immediate response, then a 2 - 3 month release pattern. The range also contains polyhalite, a new multi-nutrient compound fertilizer component containing four macro-nutrients (K, MgO, CaO & S) all in one granule.
ProTurf Benefits Quick release gives immediate response
Controlled nutrient delivery sustains growth for 2 - 3 months
High quality blend in a cost effective formulation
High impact fertilizers for tees, surrounds, fairways, sports fields and lawns
Performance*Granule dispersal: 8 days (visually dispersed from surface)Turf response: 7 daysLongevity: 2 - 3 months
*depending on environmental factors
Poly-SPoly-S is a controlled release Nitrogen source that delivers nutrients gradually over the required longevity. Nutrient release is primed by moisture permeating through the outer polymer channels, through micro-channels in the sulphur layer and into the nutrient core where the urea is solubilised.
Once the urea is solubilised, it then travels back through the same pathways where it is released and made available for plant uptake.
Poly-S technology:Outer polymer coating Inner sulphur coating Urea nutrient core
Spreader Settings
Rotary Spreader Application Method
Cone Settings Rate Setting Spreader
WidthApplication
Rate
Accupro 2000 1 x pass 6 P 5m 30 g/m2
SR 2000 1 x pass 6 M 5m 30 g/m2
80
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag sizes (kg)
Application rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended period of use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K CaO MgO
Total N (%
coated) N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
20-0-7 +3CaO +3MgO(20-0-5.8 +2.1CaO +1.8MgO)
Strong intial boost coupled with longevity is ideal for in-season applications.
20 (25%) 20 0 7 3 3 25
500
20253035
40.050.060.070.0
0.00.00.00.0
14.017.521.024.5
1,2501,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
12-5-20 +2CaO +2MgO(12-2.2-16.6 +1.4CaO +1.2MgO)
Designed to sustain, strengthen and harden turf through the autumn and winter.
12 (25%) 1.3 10.7 5 20 2 2 25
20253035
24.030.036.042.0
10.012.515.017.5
40.050.060.070.0
1,2501,000833714
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete ProTurf range
ICL Group Boulby mine (Cleveland, UK) source of multi-nutrient compound.
• Maintain wear tolerance and recovery with appropriate nutrition in conjunction with regular aeration
• Continue to overseed to help renovate worn and divotted areas
81
Fertilizers
High quality mini-granular fertilizer range for sports and amenity turfThe Sportsmaster range is well established as being the industry standard fertilizer for turf mown above 6mm. The various analyses are designed to maintain turf performance throughout the year. The micro-granule formulation spreads nutrients evenly and rapidly for immediate, consistent growth and turf colour.
Sportsmaster granule
Sportsmaster Benefits
• Turf health is the single most important element in any integrated turf managemant programme
• The Everris soil analysis service is available to determine the nutrient status of the soil
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
TotalN
Nitrogen Total P
Total K MgO FeN-NH4 N-Urea N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
Fairway12-6-9 +3MgO(12-6-9 +3MgO)
Conventional Ideal during spring and summer periods when grass is growing strongly.
12 6.2 5.8 6 9 3 25
35404550
42485460
21242730
31.536
40.545
714625556500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
NK12-0-9 +Fe(12-0-7.5 +Fe)
Conventional NK analysis is ideal for spring and summer periods. 12 12 0 9 1 25
35404550
42485460
0000
31.536
40.545
714625556500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring & Summer9-7-7(9-3.1-5.8)
Conventional All-rounder that breaks down rapidly to give rapid uptake of nutrients.
9 9 7 7 25
35506070
31.5455463
24.5354249
24.5354249
714500417357
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Renovator Pro10-2-4 +Fe +Herb(10-0.9-3.3 +Fe +Herb)MAPP No 12204PCS No 02512
Conventional Maintains growth and contains selective herbicide for weed control plus Iron for moss control.
10 5 5 2 4 6 25 35 35 7 14 714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Cleanrun Pro10-2-4 +Herb(10-0.9-3.3 +Fe)MAPP No 12083PCS No 92260
Conventional Single application in spring and summer periods when broadleaved weeds are present.
10 4.4 5.6 2 4 25 35 35 7 14 714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Autumn4-12-12(4-5.2-10.0)
Conventional Ideal for application to strengthen turf in autumn or when turf needs pre-stress conditioning.
4 4 12 12 25
35506070
14202428
42607284
42607284
714500417357
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Pre-Seeder8-12-8 +3MgO(8-5.2-6.6 +1.8Mg)
Conventional High Phosphorous analysis to enhance seed establishment and better rooting.
8 8 12 8 3 25304550
243640
365460
243640
833714500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete Sportsmaster range
Recommended Usage ✓✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields✓ Amenity
High quality ingredients within each granule Uniformity of micro-granule allows
even spreading at low rates Quick breakdown of granule
for fast response
Performance*Granule dispersal: 4 - 5 daysTurf response: 7 daysLongevity 6 weeks
*depending on environmental factors
82
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Fairway 12-6-9 +3MgO
NK 12-0-9
+Fe
Spring & Summer
9-7-7
Renovator Pro
10-2-04 +Fe+Herb
Cleanrun Pro 10-2-4
+Herb
Autumn 4-12-12
Pre-Seeder 8-12-8 +3MgO
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0Nitr
ogen
Con
tent
(% W
t/W
t) Sportsmaster uses only the best nutrient sources to ensure the best quality turf performance with maximum safety.
Urea N Ammoniacal N
Nitrogen Content
Quality nutrient sources
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
TotalN
Nitrogen Total P
Total K MgO FeN-NH4 N-Urea N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
Fairway12-6-9 +3MgO(12-6-9 +3MgO)
Conventional Ideal during spring and summer periods when grass is growing strongly.
12 6.2 5.8 6 9 3 25
35404550
42485460
21242730
31.536
40.545
714625556500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
NK12-0-9 +Fe(12-0-7.5 +Fe)
Conventional NK analysis is ideal for spring and summer periods. 12 12 0 9 1 25
35404550
42485460
0000
31.536
40.545
714625556500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spring & Summer9-7-7(9-3.1-5.8)
Conventional All-rounder that breaks down rapidly to give rapid uptake of nutrients.
9 9 7 7 25
35506070
31.5455463
24.5354249
24.5354249
714500417357
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Renovator Pro10-2-4 +Fe +Herb(10-0.9-3.3 +Fe +Herb)MAPP No 12204PCS No 02512
Conventional Maintains growth and contains selective herbicide for weed control plus Iron for moss control.
10 5 5 2 4 6 25 35 35 7 14 714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Cleanrun Pro10-2-4 +Herb(10-0.9-3.3 +Fe)MAPP No 12083PCS No 92260
Conventional Single application in spring and summer periods when broadleaved weeds are present.
10 4.4 5.6 2 4 25 35 35 7 14 714 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Autumn4-12-12(4-5.2-10.0)
Conventional Ideal for application to strengthen turf in autumn or when turf needs pre-stress conditioning.
4 4 12 12 25
35506070
14202428
42607284
42607284
714500417357
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Pre-Seeder8-12-8 +3MgO(8-5.2-6.6 +1.8Mg)
Conventional High Phosphorous analysis to enhance seed establishment and better rooting.
8 8 12 8 3 25304550
243640
365460
243640
833714500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Spreader Settings
Rate (g/m2)
Rotary Spreader(AccuPro 2000, SR 2000, SR-1, R8-A)
Drop Spreader(SS-1, SS-2)
Cone Setting Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @ Half Rate Spread width
Single Pass @ Full Rate
Double Pass @ Half Rate
30 4 3.7m O ½ L 0.91m 5 ½ 4 ¼
35 4 3.7m P ½ L ½ 0.91m 6 4 ½
40 4 3.7m Q M 0.91m 6 ¼ 4 ¾
45 4 3.7m R M ½ 0.91m 6 ¾ 5
50 4 3.7m S N 0.91m 7 5 ¼
55 4 3.7m T O 0.91m 7 ¼ 5 ¼
60 4 3.7m U O ½ 0.91m 7 ¾ 5 ½
65 4 3.7m V P 0.91m 8 5 ¾
70 4 3.7m W P ½ 0.91m 8 ¼ 6
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
83
Fertilizers
Recommended Usage ✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields ✓ Amenity
With a combination of conventional and coated fertilizer technologies, Nitrogen is released at separate intervals. Poly-S technology provides regular growth without surges and uncoated materials give turf a quick boost. The density of mini-granules applied per square metre ensures that turf colour is rapidly improved.
Sportsmaster CRF Mini’s low application rate is also more cost-effective as less fertilizer is needed.
Sportsmaster CRF Mini Benefits Regular, even growth
Mini granule boosts plant density
Fast and even green turf colour
At lower application rate even more cost effective
An advanced, controlled release fertilizer that lasts 2 - 3 months
PerformanceGranule dispersal: 6 days (visually dispersed from surface)Turf response: 7 daysLongevity: 2 - 3 months
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/ Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Appli- cation Rate
(g/m2)
Nutrient Levels Applied (kg/ha)
Bag Coverage (m2) Per
Recommended Period Of Use
Total N(%
coated)
Nitrogen
Total P Total K MgO FeN-NH4 N-Urea N-NO3 N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N24-5-11(24-2.2-9.1)
Ideal first controlled release fertilizer application of the season. Quick reaction in cooler conditions.
24(37%) 2.5 21.5 5 11 25 27.5 60 12.5 27.5 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Permanent17-7-16 +2MgO +Fe(17-3.1-13.3 +1.2Mg +Fe)
Ideal to use anytime between spring and autumn. Contains Magnesium and Iron which improve turf health, colour and help hide symptoms of stress.
17(41%) 1.2 15.8 7 16 25 27.5 42.5 17.5 40 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Start19-19-5 +2MgO +TE(19-8.3-4.1 +1.2Mg +TE)
Ideal to use when over-seeding or laying down new turf.
19(48%) 3.5 15.5 19 5 2 0.5 25 27.5 47.5 47.5 12.5 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
High K13-5-20 +2MgO +Fe(13-2.2-16.6 +1.2Mg +Fe)
Ideal to use before extreme temperatures.
13(41%) 0.4 12.6 5 20 2 0.5 25 27.5 32.5 12.1 50 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete Sportsmaster CRF Mini range
84
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
• An application of Sportsmaster CRF Mini High N in spring helps you to recover from winter damage soon due to high density of granules and the partly uncoated nitrogen.
Directions for use1. Apply to dry foliage. Watering-in after application helps
granules disperse, gives a quicker initial effect and reduces footprint trails
2. Apply after aeration programmes like hollow tining, slitting or scarification to prevent granule damage. Do not apply during frosty or drought conditions
3. If spilled on pavement, concrete, clothes, etc, wash off immediately as product can stain
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/ Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Appli- cation Rate
(g/m2)
Nutrient Levels Applied (kg/ha)
Bag Coverage (m2) Per
Recommended Period Of Use
Total N(%
coated)
Nitrogen
Total P Total K MgO FeN-NH4 N-Urea N-NO3 N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N24-5-11(24-2.2-9.1)
Ideal first controlled release fertilizer application of the season. Quick reaction in cooler conditions.
24(37%) 2.5 21.5 5 11 25 27.5 60 12.5 27.5 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Permanent17-7-16 +2MgO +Fe(17-3.1-13.3 +1.2Mg +Fe)
Ideal to use anytime between spring and autumn. Contains Magnesium and Iron which improve turf health, colour and help hide symptoms of stress.
17(41%) 1.2 15.8 7 16 25 27.5 42.5 17.5 40 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Start19-19-5 +2MgO +TE(19-8.3-4.1 +1.2Mg +TE)
Ideal to use when over-seeding or laying down new turf.
19(48%) 3.5 15.5 19 5 2 0.5 25 27.5 47.5 47.5 12.5 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
High K13-5-20 +2MgO +Fe(13-2.2-16.6 +1.2Mg +Fe)
Ideal to use before extreme temperatures.
13(41%) 0.4 12.6 5 20 2 0.5 25 27.5 32.5 12.1 50 714 -
1,250 J F M A M J J A S O N D
85
Fertilizers
High quality range of organic-based fertilizers designed for all types of turf This range allows you to incorporate all the benefits of organic sources of nutrition into your programme without compromising quality or reliability. The granulation process produces consistent, uniform and dust-free products. Granules combine mineral and organic nutrient sources for best results. The organic content is derived from plant material.
Organic Fertilizers Benefits
Organic N Uncoated Urea
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0Greenmaster
OrganicHigh N
12-05-11
Greenmaster OrganicHigh K
07-05-16
Sportsmaster OrganicHigh N
13-05-10
N C
onte
nt (%
W/W
)
Nitrogen composition
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen TOTAL P
TOTAL KTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea Organic N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
HIGH N 12-5-11(12-2.2-9.1) Organic
Ideal for use during the main growth periods of the season. 12 10 2 5 11 25
354045
424854
17.520
22.5
38.544
49.5
714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
HIGH K 7-5-16(7-2.2-13.3) Organic
Low Nitrogen content for use during periods of slow growth. 7 5 2 5 16 25
354045
24.528
31.5
17.520
22.5
566472
714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete Greenmaster Organic range
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
TOTAL P
TOTAL KTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea Organic N P K
20/25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N13-5-10(13-2.2-8.3) Organic
High Nitrogen levels allow for correct top growth and recovery during periods of heavy use.
13 11 2 5 10 25354045
45.552
58.5
17.520
22.5
354045
714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete Sportsmaster Organic range
Performance*
Greenmaster Organic Granule dispersal: 5 daysTurf response: 7 - 10 daysLongevity: 5 - 8 weeksSportsmaster OrganicGranule dispersal: 7 - 10 daysTurf response: 7 - 10 daysLongevity: 5 - 8 weeks
*depending on environmental factors
Organic based Fertilizers
Depending on product
Sportsmaster OrganicRecommended usage: ✓ Tees ✓✓ Fairways ✓✓ Sports Fields✓✓ Amenity
Greenmaster OrganicRecommended usage: ✓✓ Greens✓✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields✓ Amenity
Organic and inorganic nutrient sources Consistent granulation and
reliable performance Low Carbon/Nitrogen ratio of organic
material to ensure optimal nutrient availablity
Outstanding longevity
86
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Spreader Settings
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen TOTAL P
TOTAL KTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea Organic N P K 25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
HIGH N 12-5-11(12-2.2-9.1) Organic
Ideal for use during the main growth periods of the season. 12 10 2 5 11 25
354045
424854
17.520
22.5
38.544
49.5
714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
HIGH K 7-5-16(7-2.2-13.3) Organic
Low Nitrogen content for use during periods of slow growth. 7 5 2 5 16 25
354045
24.528
31.5
17.520
22.5
566472
714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Application Rate (g/m2)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
TOTAL P
TOTAL KTotal N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea Organic N P K
20/25kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N13-5-10(13-2.2-8.3) Organic
High Nitrogen levels allow for correct top growth and recovery during periods of heavy use.
13 11 2 5 10 25354045
45.552
58.5
17.520
22.5
354045
714625556
J F M A M J J A S O N D
The complete Sportsmaster Organic range
Product Name Rate (g/m2)
Rotary Spreader(AccuPro 2000, SR 2000, SR-1, R8-A)
Drop Spreader(SS-1, SS-2)
Cone Setting Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @
Half Rate Spread widthSingle Pass @
Full RateDouble Pass @
Half Rate
Greenmaster Organic
35 9 5.5m O L ½ 0.91m 6 ¼ 4 ¾
40 9 5.5m P M 0.91m 6 ½ 5
45 9 5.5m P M 0.91m 6 ¾ 5 ¼
Sportsmaster Organic
35 3 5.5m V P 0.91m 9 5 ½
40 3 5.5m X Q 0.91m 10 6
45 3 5.5m n/a R 0.91m 11 6 ½
Directions For Use1. Apply to dry foliage
2. Watering-in after application aids dispersion and gives a quicker initial effect
3. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions
4. Applications should be made after aeration programmes such as hollow tining, slitting and/or scarification to prevent granules damage
• Enhanced root development is fundamental for high quality turf that is able to perform throughout the year
• Organic fertilizers perform best when soils are warmer and there is more microbial activity for nutrient release
87
Fertilizers
Getting the most from your foliar feeding
The importance of water volume when foliar feeding
400 Water Volume (litre/ha) 1,000
Low water volumes:Foliage uptake
High water volumes:Foliage & Root uptake
100% 50%foliar uptake foliar uptake
50%0%root uptakeroot uptake
Foliar feeding can be extremely beneficial but it does need to be carried out correctly.
To maximise the quantity of nutrients that can be taken up by the leaf, the nutrients need to remain dissolved as long as possible on the leaf surface.
The following spraying tips can optimise the foliar uptake of nutrients:
• Spray in cool conditions (less than 26°C)
• Spray on overcast days
• Spray early morning or evening when stomata are more likely to be open
• Spray should contain small amounts of Nitrogen, which acts as a nutrient absorption enhancer
• Phosphate is essential in foliar feeding for internal distribution in the plant. TMax enhances nutrient movement within the plant
• The pH of the final mixture should be as near neutral as possible
• Spray as fine a mist as possible whilst avoiding any potential drift
• Use low water volumes to keep more of the spray solution on the target area
• Spreaders contained in TMax are important because the spray will spread out, preventing beads of water which act as prisms, concentrating heat from the sun’s rays
• Do not mow or irrigate within 3 hours of application to optimise foliar nutrient uptake
88
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Foliar feeding can be used to provide a quick growth response and it can also achieve nutrient uptake without a reliance on the root system.
Nutrients can enter the plant via the leaf surface in the following ways:
Through leaf stomata By diffusing through cuticle and into the cell wall
Transcuticular pores are small but they are always open and there are many of them. Quality nutrients as in Greenmaster Liquids are able to access the leaf via these very small openings, so enhancing foliar uptake.
Stomata are large and allow easy movement of nutrients into the leaf. However, there are less of these compared to transcuticular openings and they are not open all of the time.
89
Fertilizers
Performance*Turf response: < 24 hoursLongevity: 2 - 6 weeks (depending on rate)
*depending on environmental factors
Liquid fertilizers with foliar and root uptake for quick reaction and then sustained releaseTMax enables nutrients to move through the soil profile to the sites of root nutrient uptake. While in the soil, TMax makes previously locked-up nutrients available to the plant.
TMax enables nutrients to move through the soil profile to the sites of root nutrient uptake. Whilst in the soil, TMax makes previously locked-up nutrients available to the plant.
TMax ensures that the liquid application spreads out and sticks to the leaves to maximise the leaf area for nutrient uptake. Once in the leaf, nutrients can move more easily throughout the plant
Without TMax, liquid fertilizer droplets do not spread out and are more susceptible to run-off.
TMax liquid fertilizers: How they work
Greenmaster Liquid Benefits TMax nutrient uptake activator for foliar and root uptake
Foliar feeding is available at lower water rates
Compatible with Vitalnova Blade Bio-stimulant, H2Pro wetting agents, Primo Maxx and many more Everris products
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Greens✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields✓ Amenity
90
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Nitr
ogen
Con
tent
(% w
t/w
t)
Nitrogen content in Greenmaster Liquid
High N25-0-0 +2MgO
+TE
Spring & Summer12-4-6
+TE
NK10-0-10
+TE
High K3-3-10
+TE
STEP Liquid
Effect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster8-0-0
+9CaO
Urea N
Ammoniacal N
Nitrate N
Untreated
Liquid Fertilizer
Liquid Fertilizer + TMax
7.0
6.8
6.6
6.4
6.2
6.0
5.8
5.6
5.4
5.2
5.0Av
erag
e Tu
rf co
lour
(1 -
10)
Both products applied at 21kg N/ha in a single application.
TMax effect on turf colour (average over 50 days)
Greenmaster Liquid High N 25-0-0 +2MgO +TE
Triazone Liquid
Untreated
Both treatments applied 54kg N/ha
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Colo
ur S
core
(1 -
10)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Days After Treatment
Extended turf response from Greenmaster Liquid
91
Fertilizers
Sprayer Advice
* Spray drift can be minimised by using TurfMark Extra.
Spray Quality Size of dropletsRetention
on leaf surface Potential drift hazard* Foliar applications Root applications
Very Fine Fine Good High x
Fine Good x
Medium Good
Coarse Moderate
Very Coarse Coarse Poor Very Low x
The complete Greenmaster Liquid rangeProduct Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Specific Gravity (kg/L)
Pack Size (L)
Application Rate (L/ha)
Water Volume (L/ha)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Pack coverage (m2 per
10L pack)
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K CaO MgO B Cu Fe Mn Mo ZnTotal
N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-UreaN P K J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N25-0-0 +2MgO + TE(25-0-0 +1.2Mg + TE)
Mixed Nitrogen sources to optimise plant uptake. Magnesium and Trace Elements to enhance turf health.
25 7.3 5.9 11.8 0 0 n/a 2 0.01 0.004 n/a 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.31 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
13.126.2
0.00.0
0.00.0
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D
100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
32.839.3
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,000833
Spring & Summer12-4-6 +TE(12-1.7-5 +TE)
Complete NPK formula for main season feedng without excess growth.
12 0.8 11.2 4 6 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.18 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
5.711.3
1.93.8
2.85.7
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
14.217.0
4.75.7
7.18.5
1,000833
NK10-0-10 +TE(10-0-8.3 +TE)
The N:K ratio balances growth and toughens the sward. Trace Elements to enhance turf health.
10 0.7 0.7 8.6 0 10 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.23 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
4.99.8
0.00.0
4.99.8
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
12.314.8
0.00.0
12.314.8
1,000833
High K3-3-10 +TE(3-1.3-8.3 +TE)
Designed to apply prior to stressful periods. Trace Elements to enhance turf health.
3 0.3 0.3 2.4 3 10 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.18 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
1.42.8
1.42.8
4.79.4
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
3.54.2
3.54.2
11.814.2
1,000833
Ca-Booster8-0-0 +9CaO(8-0-0 +6.4Ca)
Strengthens plant cell walls to toughen turf during stressful conditions.
8 7 1 0 0 9 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.32 10
2040
400 - 600 (Foliar)
2.14.2
0.00.0
0.00.0
5,0002,500
J F M A M J J A S O N D6060
600 - 1,000 (Root)
6.36.3
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,6671,667
Effect Iron Fe6.9Fe(6.9Fe)
For use throughout growing season to give green-up within 3 hours.
6.9 1.25 10200
1020
400 - 600 (Foliar)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D3030
600 - 1,000 (Root)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
3,3333,333
STEP LiquidChelated Trace Elements
Contains chelated trace elements to maximise nutrient delivery and to prevent soil lock-up.
0.200 1.000 1.500 0.100 1.000 1.15 10
2040
400 - 600 (Foliar)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
5,0002,500
J F M A M J J A S O N D6060
600 - 1,000 (Root)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,6671,667
92
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. To optimise foliar uptake avoid high temperatures
and sunny conditions
2. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions
3. Greenmaster Liquid products are tank-mixable with other products within the range with the exception of Ca-Booster
4. Can be tankmixed with H2Pro Conserve and H2Pro Maximise wetting agents
5. The water volume used to apply Greenmaster Liquids will affect how nutrients are taken up by the plant
6. At low water volumes (400L/ha) the majority of nutrients are taken up by the foliage
7. At high water volumes (1,000L/ha) the majority of nutrients are taken up by the roots
• Used as part of an iTurf programme Greenmaster liquids have been shown to help radically reduce disease incidence
• Foliar feeding can provide plant nutrition when root uptake is restricted
• Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Technology/Longevity
Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Specific Gravity (kg/L)
Pack Size (L)
Application Rate (L/ha)
Water Volume (L/ha)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Pack coverage (m2 per
10L pack)
Recommended Period of Use
Nitrogen
Total P Total K CaO MgO B Cu Fe Mn Mo ZnTotal
N N-NO3 N-NH4 N-UreaN P K J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N25-0-0 +2MgO + TE(25-0-0 +1.2Mg + TE)
Mixed Nitrogen sources to optimise plant uptake. Magnesium and Trace Elements to enhance turf health.
25 7.3 5.9 11.8 0 0 n/a 2 0.01 0.004 n/a 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.31 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
13.126.2
0.00.0
0.00.0
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D
100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
32.839.3
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,000833
Spring & Summer12-4-6 +TE(12-1.7-5 +TE)
Complete NPK formula for main season feedng without excess growth.
12 0.8 11.2 4 6 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.18 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
5.711.3
1.93.8
2.85.7
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
14.217.0
4.75.7
7.18.5
1,000833
NK10-0-10 +TE(10-0-8.3 +TE)
The N:K ratio balances growth and toughens the sward. Trace Elements to enhance turf health.
10 0.7 0.7 8.6 0 10 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.23 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
4.99.8
0.00.0
4.99.8
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
12.314.8
0.00.0
12.314.8
1,000833
High K3-3-10 +TE(3-1.3-8.3 +TE)
Designed to apply prior to stressful periods. Trace Elements to enhance turf health.
3 0.3 0.3 2.4 3 10 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.18 10200
4080
400 - 600 (Foliar)
1.42.8
1.42.8
4.79.4
2,5001,250
J F M A M J J A S O N D100120
600 - 1,000 (Root)
3.54.2
3.54.2
11.814.2
1,000833
Ca-Booster8-0-0 +9CaO(8-0-0 +6.4Ca)
Strengthens plant cell walls to toughen turf during stressful conditions.
8 7 1 0 0 9 0.01 0.004 0.01 0.001 0.004 1.32 10
2040
400 - 600 (Foliar)
2.14.2
0.00.0
0.00.0
5,0002,500
J F M A M J J A S O N D6060
600 - 1,000 (Root)
6.36.3
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,6671,667
Effect Iron Fe6.9Fe(6.9Fe)
For use throughout growing season to give green-up within 3 hours.
6.9 1.25 10200
1020
400 - 600 (Foliar)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D3030
600 - 1,000 (Root)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
3,3333,333
STEP LiquidChelated Trace Elements
Contains chelated trace elements to maximise nutrient delivery and to prevent soil lock-up.
0.200 1.000 1.500 0.100 1.000 1.15 10
2040
400 - 600 (Foliar)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
5,0002,500
J F M A M J J A S O N D6060
600 - 1,000 (Root)
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
1,6671,667
93
Fertilizers
Directions For Use1. Sportsmaster WSF products are tank-mixable with other
products within the range and H2Pro Conserve and H2Pro Maximise wetting agents
2. To ensure that this product dissolves completely: all products should be mixed by adding quantity required to a half full spray tank and agitating for 10 - 15 minutes. Bring to total volume with water. Water temperature will affect dissolution rate
3. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions
4. The water volume used to apply Sportsmaster WSF will affect how nutrients are taken up by the plant
5. For foliar applications use low water volumes (300 - 600L/ha) and to optimize uptake avoid high temperatures and sunny conditions. For root uptake applications use high water volumes (600 - 1,000L/ha) and follow immediately with a minimum of 2 - 3 mm irrigation to provide the necessary water volume and to reduce the risk of turf injury
Sportsmaster WSF Benefits Cost effective fertilizer treatment for large areas of turf
TMax enhances nutrient uptake Low scorch risk
High performance ultra soluble fertilizers for cost effective treatment of large turf areasThe WSF Range of soluble fertilizers contains TMax to enhance nutrient uptake. The foliar and root uptake gives a rapid response that is then sustained for a number of weeks. The range of analyses is designed for use throughout the year. The WSF range provides excellent value when treating large areas, especially golf fairways. It is compatible within the Everris range and tank mixes with Primo Maxx.
Performance*Granule dispersal: immediateTurf response: < 24 hoursLongevity: 2 - 4 weeks (depending on rate)
*depending on environmental factors
The complete Sportsmaster WSF range
Recommended usage: ✓ Greens✓✓ Tees ✓✓ Fairways ✓✓ Sports Fields✓✓ Amenity
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Tech Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Appli cation Rate
(kg/ha)
Water Volume (L/ha)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Total N
Nitrogen
Total P Total K B Cu Fe MN Mo ZnN-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N P K 15kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N35-0-14 +0.13Fe(35-0-11.6 +0.13Fe)
Nitrogen boost with Potassium content providing balanced growth and stronger turf.
35 4.3 30.7 0 14 0.13 15
1530
300 - 600 (Foliar)
5.310.5
00
2.14.2
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D4560
600 - 1,000 (Root)
15.821.0
00
6.38.4
3,3332,500
Spring & Summer 28-5-19 +TE (28-2.1-15.7 +TE)
Nitrogen boost with Potassium and Trace element package for improved turf health.
28 5.6 1.0 21.4 5 19 0.02 0.16 0.13 0.06 0.01 0.016 15
1530
300 - 600 (Foliar)
4.28.4
0.81.5
2.95.7
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D4560
600 - 1,000 (Root)
12.616.8
2.33.0
8.611.4
3,3332,500
High K15-0-43 +0.13Fe(15-0-35.7 +Fe)
The low Nitrogen to high Potasium ratio ensures maximum turf hardening and stress conditioning.
15 2.3 0 43 0.13 15
1530
300 - 600 (Foliar)
2.34.5
00
6.512.9
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D
4560
600 - 1,000 (Root)
6.89.0
00
19.425.8
3,3332,500
Sportsmaster WSFIRON20%Fe
Produces a dark green sward and promotes disease tolerance.
20 25101520
900 (Foliar &
Root)
15,00010,0007,500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
94
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Sprayer Advice
* Spray drift can be minimised by using TurfMark Extra.
Spray Quality Size of dropletsRetention
on leaf surface Potential drift hazard* Foliar applications Root applications
Very Fine Fine Good High x
Fine Good x
Medium Good
Coarse Moderate
Very Coarse Coarse Poor Very Low x
• Compatible with Primo Maxx to make ideal for use as part of an iTurf programme
• Maintain turf health with the appropriate use of fertilizer
• Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimize spray drift
Nitrogen content45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0High N
35-0-0 +FeSpring and Summer
28-5-19 +TEHigh K
15-0-43 +Fe
N C
onte
nt (%
W/W
)
Urea N
Ammoniacal N
Nitrate N
Product Name Oxide Analysis(Elemental Analysis)
Tech Product Notes Nutrient Breakdown Nutrient Breakdown Bag Sizes (kg)
Appli cation Rate
(kg/ha)
Water Volume (L/ha)
Nutrient levels applied (kg/ha)
Bag coverage (m2) per
Recommended Period of Use
Total N
Nitrogen
Total P Total K B Cu Fe MN Mo ZnN-NO3 N-NH4 N-Urea N P K 15kg bag J F M A M J J A S O N D
High N35-0-14 +0.13Fe(35-0-11.6 +0.13Fe)
Nitrogen boost with Potassium content providing balanced growth and stronger turf.
35 4.3 30.7 0 14 0.13 15
1530
300 - 600 (Foliar)
5.310.5
00
2.14.2
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D4560
600 - 1,000 (Root)
15.821.0
00
6.38.4
3,3332,500
Spring & Summer 28-5-19 +TE (28-2.1-15.7 +TE)
Nitrogen boost with Potassium and Trace element package for improved turf health.
28 5.6 1.0 21.4 5 19 0.02 0.16 0.13 0.06 0.01 0.016 15
1530
300 - 600 (Foliar)
4.28.4
0.81.5
2.95.7
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D4560
600 - 1,000 (Root)
12.616.8
2.33.0
8.611.4
3,3332,500
High K15-0-43 +0.13Fe(15-0-35.7 +Fe)
The low Nitrogen to high Potasium ratio ensures maximum turf hardening and stress conditioning.
15 2.3 0 43 0.13 15
1530
300 - 600 (Foliar)
2.34.5
00
6.512.9
10,0005,000
J F M A M J J A S O N D
4560
600 - 1,000 (Root)
6.89.0
00
19.425.8
3,3332,500
Sportsmaster WSFIRON20%Fe
Produces a dark green sward and promotes disease tolerance.
20 25101520
900 (Foliar &
Root)
15,00010,0007,500
J F M A M J J A S O N D
95
Fertilizers
A valuable addition to an integrated turf management strategy is a proven biostimulant to boost microbial activity in soil and encourage rootingVitalnova Blade is a totally unique biostimulant for turf, containing a carefully engineered concentration of carbohydrates, seaweed and micro-nutrients. These stimulate fungal and bacterial activity within the root zone. Trials have demonstrated increased levels of microbial activity within the soil and a significant increase in the turf root biomass.
Vitalnova Blade Benefits Increases rootmass by up to 40%
Up to 50% increase in levels of beneficial bacteria
Stimulates root dwelling microbes to improve nutrient uptake
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Greens✓ Tees ✓ Fairways ✓ Sports Fields✓ Amenity
Blade
96
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
• Improved root biomass helps create a healthy turf system system
Vitalnova BladeProduct Name Product Notes Application
rate (L/ha)
Pack Sizes (litre)
Recommended Period of Use
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Vitalnova Blade5-6.5-3.5 +Carbohydrates +Seaweed +TE(5-2.8-2.9 +Carbohydrates +Seaweed +TE)
Invigorates soil nutrient re-cycling. Stimulates root dwelling microbes, which leads to better pest and disease resistance, improved nutrient uptake and secretion of growth compounds. Increases mycorrhizal populations. Provides a direct supply of nutrients to stimulate foliar health.
20 - 50 10 200 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Vitalnova Blade demonstrated ... Up to fourfold increase in indigenous mycorrhiza levels.
% Mycorrhiza
10
8
6
4
2
0
Control Carbohydrate product
Seaweed amendment
Vitalnova Blade
Vitalnova Blade demonstrated ... Up to 40% increase in root mass.
Root Biomass g/dw
10
8
6
4
2
0
Control Carbohydrate product
Seaweed amendment
Vitalnova Blade
Nutrient breakdownProduct Name Total N Total P Total K
Vitalnova Blade5-6.5-3.5 +Carbohydrates +Seaweed +TE
5 6.5 3.5
Vitalnova Blade demonstrated ... Up to 50% increase in beneficial bacteria levels.
% Bacterial Abundance
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
Control Carbohydrate product
Seaweed amendment
Vitalnova Blade
97
Fertilizers
Wetting Agents
Water is a precious resource that’s essential for premium quality turfOur unique and flexible range of wetting agents is cleverly designed to optimise water conservation and management and prevent Dry Patch. They also play an important role in iTurf integrated turf management programmes, reducing the risk of disease attack in turfgrass.
In liquid, granular and tablet form, these are wetting and water conservation products developed to fit into your existing water management strategy. Using proven technology, the range offers preventative and curative properties, products suitable for wet and dry conditions, and the flexibility for application at any time of year.
98
Wetting Agents Index
Very Suitable Suitable Not suitable
Product Water ManagementApplication interval
Application method
PageSpot treat Monthly Bi-monthly Annual
H2Pro ConserveLiquid
Water Conservation
Sprayer 100
H2Pro ConserveTablet
Water Conservation
Sprayer 102
H2Pro ConserveGranule
Water Conservation
Spreader 103
H2Pro Maximise
Water Penetrant
Sprayer 104
Qualibra
Water Penetrant, Water Conservation
Sprayer 106
99
Wetting Agents
A unique, high quality wetting and water conservation agent using multi-matrix surfactants for deep rootzone water management and Dry Patch control. Its longer-lasting water conservation effects invigorate root and plant health.
Conserve Liquid
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Golf Greens✓✓ Bowling Greens✓✓ Tees, Bunker Tops ✓✓ Green Surrounds ✓✓ Managed Turf
H2Pro Conserve Liquid Benefits
Offers preventative and curative action against Dry Patch
Significantly reduces irrigation requirements per hectare
Suitable for wet and dry conditions at any time of year (recommended period of use for this is Mar - Oct)
Independent trial results prove it optimises plant health when used as part of an iTurf programme
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35Irrigation (mm)
Untreated
H2Pro Conserve 28 day interval
Optimum moisture content
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Soil
Moi
stur
e Co
nten
t (%
)
Water ConservationIndependent trial work shows that the amount of irrigation required to achieve the optimum soil moisture content is radically reduced with the use of H2Pro Conserve.
At a glance comparisonNatural soil, 31mm of irrigation required to reach optimum moisture content
Natural soil with Everris H2Pro Conserve, only 7mm of irrigation required
100
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product characteristicsLiquidPack size: 5 litres & 200 litresPacks per outer: 4 x 5 litresPack coverage: 5 litres: 1,000 - 5,000m2
Directions for use1. Everris H2Pro Conserve Liquid works most effectively
when first applied before the growing season, with further applications within a selected application programme
2. Apply with a standard boom sprayer, or powered irrigation injection unit, or calibrated professional hose diluter
Recommended period of use Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
• Use H2Pro Conserve to reduce irrigation inputs by up to 77%
101
Wetting Agents
The H2Pro Conserve Tablet is a hose-end wetting and water conservation agent for effective hand watering, treating and controlling Dry Patch (localized Dry Spot) and reducing overall irrigation requirements.
Conserve Tablet
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Golf Greens✓✓ Bowling Greens✓✓ Tees, Bunker Tops ✓✓ Green Surrounds ✓✓ Managed Turf
H2Pro Conserve Tablet Benefits
Effective rewetting through the rootzone Excellent water spreading and penetration characteristics
For spot treating problem areas and to complement main wetting agent programme
Directions for use1. Use tablets for spot treating hydrophobic areas combined
with a full wetting agent programme
2. Use tablets in Pellet Pro applicator gun
3. Watering in after application aids soil penetration of wetting agent and improves efficacy
4. Penetration of wetting agent is improved if applied after aeration programmes such as hollow tining, slitting and/or scarification
Product characteristicsPack size: 6 x 250g tabletsPack coverage: 6 x 500m2
Recommended Period of UseJan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Applicator Product spray time (minutes)
Area treated (m2)
H2Pro pellet pro gun 1 x 250g Tablet 5 - 10 250 - 500
H2Pro Tablet
102
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Golf Greens✓✓ Bowling Greens✓✓ Tees, Bunker Tops ✓✓ Green Surrounds ✓✓ Managed Turf
H2Pro Conserve Granule is a granular wetting and water conservation agent formulation using multi-matrix surfactants, for deep rootzone water management, treating Dry Patch, Dry Spot and reducing soil irrigation requirements.
Conserve Granule
H2Pro Conserve Granule Benefits
Easy to apply Unique curative and preventative action against Dry Patch/ localized Dry Spot
Flexible application programmes and flexible water rates
Product characteristicsPack size: 10kgPack coverage: 500m2
Application rate:Application rate: 20g/m2
Spreader type Cone setting
Spreader width (m)
Application Setting (20g/m2)
1x Pass 2x Pass
Rotary Spreader Accupro 2000
5 4.0 M J
Drop SpreaderSS-2
n/a 0.91 4 ¾ 3 ¾
Classic Drop Spreader
n/a 0.55 6 ½ _
H2Pro Granule
Recommended period of use Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
103
Wetting Agents
H2Pro Maximise is a strong penetrant wetting agent that moves water away from the turf surface. Specifically formulated to reduce surface water, encourage deep rooting and to help flush excess salts down the soil profile. Appropriate for year-round use.
H2Pro Maximise Benefits
Helps remove surface water quickly Encourages deep root development Flushes salts and carbonates from soil
Maximise
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Golf Greens✓✓ Bowling Greens✓✓ Tees, Bunker Tops ✓✓ Green Surrounds ✓✓ Managed Turf
H2Pro programme for disease reductionDisease ManagementSoil moisture management can play a pivotal role in disease management. By drying out the soil surface but maintaining moisture in the rootzone for healthy plant growth, conditions are less conducive to disease and the plant is more resilient to environmental stresses, including disease attack.
A trial at the STRI over a 17 month period showed that a H2Pro Conserve/H2Pro Maximise wetting agent programme reduced disease pressure by 24%.
Data presented as average Microdochium Nivale across trial plots from November 2007 – March 2009.
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0Control H2Pro Programme
Micr
odoc
hium
Pat
ch (%
)
24% less diseaseover 17 months
10.7
14.1
104
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product characteristicsPack size: 10 litres
(200 & 1,000 litres also available) Packs per outer: 4 x 5 litresPack coverage: 2,500m2
Objective Application Application rate (L/ha) Water Volume Recommended Period of Use
Surface water removal Monthly 40 250 - 500 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Promote deep rooting Monthly 40 250 - 500 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Reduce salt levels Monthly 40 250 - 500 J F M A M J J A S O N D
Recommended period of use Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
• Use through winter to maintain a drier surface for improved playability
105
Wetting Agents
Qualibra combines a unique and dynamic penetrant with a powerful polymer, optimising water penetration within the rootzone.It helps prevent the development of Dry Patch and invigorates root and plant health. Independent trials confirm the very highest penetration performance levels.
Premier wetting and water conservation agent that optimises water penetration, for deeper, more even distribution through the rootzone.
Qualibra Benefits
Optimises water penetration Maintains plant health and quality of playing surface
Prevents damaging Dry Patch developing Makes better use of irrigation resources Retains healthy root mass
Directions for use1. Apply Qualibra at approximately monthly intervals in a
preventative programme to prevent the development of localised Dry Spot and aid water management
2. Typically applied from early spring to autumn, but can be applied throughout the year if required
Recommended period of use (weather permitting)Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Recommended usage: ✓✓ Golf Greens✓✓ Bowling Greens✓✓ Tees, Bunker Tops ✓✓ Green Surrounds ✓✓ Managed Turf
106
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Product characteristicsPack size: 10 litres Packs per outer: 10 litresPack coverage: 5,000m2
Application rate:Maximum individual dose: 20 litres per hectareWater volume: 500 - 1,000 litres per hectare
Qualibra moves and retains moisture deeper
107
Wetting Agents
Plant Protection & Control
Lahinch Golf Club, Ireland
When it comes to protecting turf and managing amenity areas, Everris’ range of plant protection and control products provides the majority of the tools you’ll need in your armoury.
Powerful, fast-acting herbicides teamed with proven, effective solutions for turfgrass pests and the leading range of fungicides providing preventative, curative and eradicant action, all ensure you stay in control.
108108
Plant Growth Regulation Page
Primo Maxx 114
Fungicides
PageActivity Type
Diseases Controlled
Microdochium Patch
Anthrac-nose
Dollar Spot
Take-all Patch
Leaf Spot
Fairy Rings
Brown Patch Rust
Red Thread
Instrata Contact, Systemic Preventative, Curative, Eradicant 118Headway Systemic Preventative, Curative, Eradicant 120Banner Maxx Systemic Preventative, Curative, Eradicant 122Heritage Maxx Systemic Preventative, Early curative, Anti-sporulant 124Medallion TL Contact+ Preventative, Early curative 126Heritage Systemic Preventative, Early curative, Anti-sporulant 128
Pest Control
PageActivity Type
Pests Controlled
Leatherjacket Chafer Grub Frit Fly
Nemasys G Biological Parasitic nematode - Heterohabditis megidis 132Nemasys J Biological Biological Parasitic nematode - Steinernema feltiae 133
Selective Weed Control
PageArea of use Activity
Types Of Weed Controlled
Broad-leaved Moss
Rye-grass Total
Brush wood Acquatic
Re-Act Selective post emergence with systemic activity 136Praxys Selective post emergence with systemic activity 138Jewel Selective post emergence with contact and systemic activity 140Rescue Selective post emergence 142
Total Weed Control
PageArea Of Use Activity
Types Of Weed Controlled
Broad-Leaved Moss Rye-Grass Total
Brush Wood Acquatic
Proliance Quattro Translocated non-residual activity 146Roundup Probio Translocated non-residual activity 148Roundup Probiactive 450 Translocated non-residual activity 150Monsanto Amenity Glyphosate
Translocated non-residual activity 152
Hammer Total Herbicide 153Icade Translocated non-residual activity 154Proshield Translocated non-residual activity 156Ecoplug Max Translocated non-residual activity 158
Plant Protection & Control Products
Suitable Not suitable
109
Plant Protection
How to Minimise Turf DiseasesIntegrated Turf ManagementAll of the surrounding factors have an impact on turf health. Too much or too little of each factor will reduce plant health making it susceptible to disease and excess wear and tear. By assessing individual turf requirements the ideal programme, using the influencing factors can be implemented.
Disease Management Strategy
PESTINFESTATION
DISEASEACTIVITY
MOISTURE AVAILABILITY
MOISTURE AVAILABILITY
110110
Cultural practices 1. Encourage a healthy grass sward
2. Optimise nutritional inputs depending on turf managers’ objectives and soil analysis needs
3. Reduce thatch to the minimum level
4. Increase aeration/reduce compaction
5. Improve drainage
6. Prevent turf being damp for prolonged periods (irrigation, dew removal by hand or using a dew removal product, manage irrigation inputs, reduce shade)
7. Encourage disease resistant grass species
8. Optimise soil moisture content and prevent dry areas developing by selective watering and the use of wetting agents
Using fungicides1. Identify the disease and select the appropriate fungicide
2. Adopt an appropriate preventative or early curative programme
3. Always alternate fungicides as part of a disease resistance management approach
Spraying1. Adopt suitable mechanical operations, e.g. appropriate nozzles,
boom height indicators, calibration equipment etc.
2. Calibrate your sprayer using the guide on page 136 or use a specialist contractor
3. Visit www.greencast.co.uk for weather information and a disease prediction service
High risk periods of turf diseases
DISEASE JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Microdochium Patch
Anthracnose
Take-All Patch
Red Thread
Dollar Spot
Leaf Spot
Grey Snow Mould
Brown Patch
111
Plant Protection
The 'topical' mode of action concerns where on the grass plant the fungicide will remain after application:
Contacts, such as chlorothalonil (Instrata) and fludioxonil (Instrata), remain on the outside of the grass plant at the point of application, forming a shield to protect the leaf from pathogen attack. They will also help prevent the spread of disease, by preventing the pathogen moving to unaffected plants.
Systemics, such as azoxystrobin (Heritage and Heritage Maxx) and propiconazole (Banner Maxx) can move from the point of application in the xylem (the part of the grass plant that water moves in). These are termed acropetal penetrants and, once absorbed by the leaf, move up through the plant and are redistributed in the leaf. Fungicides applied on the leaf continue to move over time, protecting new leaf as it grows.
Preventative application is when weather conditions conducive to disease development have occurred and there is a high chance that spores will be active on the leaf, but before the pathogen has actually infected the grass plant. Preventative control stops the pathogen before there is any loss in turf quality. It also minimises the risk of further disease spread. The challenge is to know when to apply preventatively, without wastefully applying when there was little or no disease risk - which is where the combination of good local knowledge and disease forecasting can prove so effective.
Curative application occurs when the pathogen has germinated or just began to grow into the grass plant. Curative activity ends at the very first sign of disease. It should be remembered that in most cases this is the final timing for optimal control with most available turf fungicides. Most curative fungicides also have preventative activity, so uninfected leaves treated at the same will also be kept clean.
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Contact
Contact / Systemic
Systemic
When & What Type of Fungicides to UseContact and Systemic Fungicides
When to Use FungicidesFungal development and associated fungicide application timing/activity
ZONE OF ACTIVITY
Stops spore germination on the leaf surface to prevent infection.
Stops early pathogen development inside the plant.
Stops pathogen development when disease symptoms are visible and prevents further spread.
APPLICATION TIMING
Best applied just ahead of periods of high disease risk and before disease infection.
Apply at periods of high disease risk, when infection could have occurred, but before symptoms are visible.
Apply when the first signs of infection are identified.
112112
Fungicide options for a full disease programme
Activity Fast Systemic Systemic Systemic Contact/Systemic Contact +
Disease stage targeted
EradicantPreventativeCurative
PreventativeCurativeEradicantAnti-sporulant
Preventative(Early curative)Anti-sporulant
PreventativeCurativeEradicant
Preventative (Early curative)
Active ingredient
Propiconazole AzoxystrobinPropiconazole
Azoxystrobin ChlorothalonilPropiconazoleFludioxonil
Fludioxonil
Diseases on the label
Microdochium Patch, Dollar Spot, Anthracnose, Brown Patch
Microdochium Patch, Anthracnose, Leaf Spot, Brown Patch, Take All
Microdochium Patch, Anthracnose, Leaf Spot, Brown Patch, Rusts, Take All, Fairy Ring
Microdochium Patch, Dollar Spot, Anthracnose, Brown Patch
Microdochium Patch, Leaf Spot, Anthracnose
Fungicide Application Timings
Fungicide application timings depend on the plant growth. If soil and air temperatures are sufficient for healthy growth, use an appropriate systemic product. If there is no or little growth, use a contact product.
113
Plant Protection
Proven formulation grass growth regulator for the improvement of playing surfaces and reduction of management intensityPrimo Maxx is a plant growth regulator that improves the performance and quality of the turf as well as reducing the level of top growth.
Primo Maxx works by diverting plant growth into lateral stem development as well as enhancing the root system. Primo Maxx has many benefits and can be used to develop all types of managed turf.
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Areas✓ Managed Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
AI. Contains 121g/litre trinexapac-ethylMAPP No. 14780 PCS No. 03879
Primo Maxx Benefits Improves sward density and root mass Reduces mowing frequency by up to 50% Improves turf colour, appearance, strength and resilience
6.0
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0Control 0.4 L/ha 0.8 L/ha 1.3 L/ha 1.6 L/ha
Source: Bioforsk. Lepaa, Finland. 2008. All data mean of 10 observations. LSD 5% = 0.45
Turfgrass Clippings (gDM/m2/day)Clippings reduced by 33%
Directions For Use1. To optimise best results, applications can start when consistent
grass growth commences or when soil and air temperatures average 8 - 10 degrees or above for more than 5 days consecutively. For weather and temperature guidance go to www.greencast.co.uk
2. Various application rates are recommended depending on intended area of use
3. For best results apply with Liquid N (minimum 2.5kg N/ha)
4. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions
5. Can be tank mixed with H2Pro Conserve and H2Pro Maximise wetting agents, Greenmaster Liquids and Sportsmaster WSF water soluble fertilizers. Advice should always be sought from your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager before any tank mix is applied
6. Mix with Turf Mark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift
7. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL PLANT GROWTH REGULATOR
Product CharacteristicsPack size: 5 & 10 litre bottlesPacks per outer: 4 x 5 and 2 x 10 litrePack coverage: Variable
114
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Application Rate:
Area of Use Greens Tees Fairways & Amenity Rough and semi-rough Winter Sports
First application April* April* April April April
Application frequency every 2 - 4 weeks every 3 - 5 weeks every 4 - 6 weeks every 5 - 8 weeks every 4 - 6 weeks
Height of cut < 7mm 10 - 18mm <18mm >18mm >10mm
Dose rate 0.2 - 0.4 litres per hectare
0.8 - 1.6 litres per hectare 0.8 - 1.6 litres per hectare up to 2.4 litres per hectare
0.8 - 1.6 litres per hectare
Notes Application window depends on growth
Tees containing perennial ryegrass will require increased frequency of application
Fairways mown at <12mm will require more frequent lower rate applications
Dose rate and frequency will depend on species composition
Use lower rates and frequencies for turf mown below 18mm
* apply when consistent grass growth commences or when soil and air temperatures average 8 - 10ºC or above for more than five days consecutively.
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Superior rooting and drought resistanceBentgrass, drought stressed, USGA rootzone
Primo Maxx Control
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
115
Plant Protection
Microdochium Patch (Formerly known as Fusarium Patch)(Microdochium nivale)
This occurs late autumn and early spring during cool humid weather, high Nitrogen fertility and on thatchy poorly drained soil. The disease is discouraged by high Potash and Sulphate levels and acidic conditions. The main symptom is rapidly developing circular patches of 25-50mm diameter. Leaves become brown and mushy. Sometimes pink or white cobweb-like fungal threads can be seen in early morning. To control Microdochium Patch - promote good turf management. Your aim is to promote healthy, vigorous growth. Fescue and Browntop bents are much more resistant to the disease.
Moisture control to avoid humid surface conditions will do much to prevent disease attack.
Regular aeration and careful application of fertilizers with an appropriate sandy topdress will make the surface less moisture-retentive.
Reducing water holding thatch is also beneficial. The return of clippings provides a substrate for disease development, so catch and remove the grass. Care should be taken when applying fertilizers as excessive Nitrogen combined with cool wet weather can lead to severe disease outbreaks. The use of lime on fine turf is only recommended under exceptional circumstances. Medallion TL, Banner Maxx and Heritage fungicides are effective against this disease.
Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola)
This usually attacks Poa annua type species. Occurs during summer following stress caused by factors such as high temperatures, low fertility, dry soil and compaction. Likely to occur under high humidity. The main symptom is irregular shaped and sized patches in which leaves initially yellow then develop a reddish colour following wilting. Diseased plants may be easily removed from the sward and the black rotted plant base easily seen – a highly characteristic symptom of Anthracnose disease.
As far as possible, compaction should be avoided by reducing wear over an affected area e.g. keeping the heavy traffic off the turf for a while. Regular aerating and spiking are also beneficial. In the summer months Anthracnose may be discouraged by timely and moderate Nitrogen applications but do not apply fertilizer in the winter months as this could lead to severe outbreaks of Microdochium Patch disease. Good turf management practices which aim to reduce the amount of Poa annua in the turf also reduce the likelihood of disease outbreak. Fungicides such as Medallion TL can be used successfully for the control of Anthracnose in turf.
Red Thread (Laetisaria fuciformis)
This can occur anytime of the year, in shady, poorly aerated, compacted soils and a lack of Nitrogen. Particularly summer and autumn under warm moist conditions. The main symptoms are irregular patches of light brown or bleached leaves covered with distinctive red threads. Pink patch lacks the characteristic ‘Red Threads’. Instead leaves may become coated with pink mycelial growth. Whilst red thread may occur alone, it often occurs as a disease complex with pink patch. Severe outbreaks may kill the grass but generally affected turf will recover adequately.
Disease identification and control
116116
Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia homoeocarpa)
This occurs mid-spring to early autumn when an extended period of leaf wetness will encourage the disease. Warm day temperatures and cool nights add to susceptibility. Most likely when Nitrogen fertility is low and growth is poor. Varieties of red fescues, particularly slender creeping red fescue are the most susceptible grass species. Also those fescues found in sea-washed turf.
The main symptoms are numerous small (no more than 50mm) bleached spots which may coalesce to form larger, irregular patches.
Infected leaves appear water-soaked at first, then bleached. Leaf lesions have a characteristically bleached white centre with a reddish-brown border. White ‘cotton wool’ mycelium may be noted in early morning. Recovery is usually rapid, as roots are not affected.
Maintaining adequate fertility is often the easiest method of preventing attacks of Dollar Spot. Fungicides such as Banner Maxx will give good control of Dollar Spot.
Fairy Rings (Basidiomycetes)
Fungi primarily colonise thatch at the turf base and/or organic matter within the soil, usually caused by an infrequent watering and fertilizing regime. The rings of stimulated grass growth are the result of Nitrogen released in the soil by the Fairy Ring’s activity underground, breaking down organic matter to release ammonia, which is then processed by soil micro-organisms into Nitrates. There are three Types of Fairy Ring. Type 1 Fairy Rings (the Marasmius oreades fungus) typically appear as a ring of dead or stressed turf, bordered on both inner and outer edges by a band of stimulated grass growth.
New rings can appear just as green ‘patches’. It is prevalent in hot, dry conditions and may cause turf death by soil water repellency and/or toxic substances. Type 2 Fairy Rings (Agaricus spp. and Lycoperdon spp.) of stimulated grass growth are seen normally without fruiting bodies. It is rare that excessive damage is caused to the turf. Type 3 Fairy Rings (Hygrophorus spp. and Psilocybe spp.) have no distinct affect on turfgrass except when the fruiting bodies are present (normally during the autumn) when they form rings of mushrooms or puffballs. These obviously affect the quality of the sports surface. Heritage Maxx is approved for use on Type 2 Fairy Ring.
Type 1
Type 2 Type 3
Take-All Patch (Gaeumannomyces graminis)
Take-All Patch occurs mid-spring or early autumn. Conditions which favour the disease include sterile soil conditions (such as newly constructed sand greens), poor aeration, and high alkalinity. Patches of bronzed Agrostis up to 30cm diameter with centres colonised by fescues, Poa annua or broad-leaved weeds are characteristic. The centres may be slightly sunken. Turf takes a long time to recover. Consequently, all efforts must be directed at preventing outbreaks of Take-All Patch.
Firstly, recognise the situation in which Take-All Patch is likely to occur. Avoid applying lime unless it is absolutely necessary. Ascertain if the water supply has a high lime content.
Apply fertilizers containing Iron and/or Ammonium Sulphate to acidify the turf surface. Maintain good turf vigour by maintaining an adequate supply of other nutrients. Ensure the turf is free-draining by regular spiking. Fungicide control – Heritage or Heritage Maxx.
Leaf Spot or Melting Out (Drechslera poae)
Occurs during warmer seasons. Turf under drought stress, high Nitrogen and a close mowing regime is most susceptible, especially if the foliage remains wet for an extended period.
These pathogens commonly cause disease in complex with other fungal pathogens. Affected turf exhibits a general browning and melting out (thinning) resembling damage from drought. A closer inspection may show die back of the leaf tip, with the browning gradually extending down the leaf and subsequent shrivelling.
Circular lesions with dark brown margins and tan centres may be seen on the leaf. The crown and sheath can rot, which can result in a thinning of the turf.
It is difficult to give general advice about Leaf Spots and Melting Out. It recommended that advice is sought from a local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager. A fungicide option is Medallion TL.
117
Plant Protection
Unrivalled year-round disease control from contact and systemic formulationThe unique three-way formulation gives protection against disease attack and offers curative and eradicant activity if infection has already occurred. The multi-site contact active ingredients also significantly reduce the risk of fungicide resistance. The unique mode of action and year-round usage make Instrata an ideal inclusion for your integrated disease management programme.
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland✓ Greens✓ Tees✓ Fairways✓ Bowling Greens
Label Approved Diseases: ✓ Microdochium Patch✓ Anthracnose✓ Dollar Spot✓ Brown Patch
Instrata Benefits Contact and systemic active ingredients for year-round use
Protective, curative and eradicant action for effective control
Quick acting and long lasting disease control
Product characteristics:Pack size: 3 litre S-pac bottlePacks per outer: 4 x 3 litresPack coverage: 3,333m2
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 9 litres per hectare (90ml per 100m2)Water volume: 500-1,000 litres per hectare (5-10 litres per 100m2)
Maximum number of treatments: 3 per annum
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
AI. Contains 362g/litre chlorothalonil, 56.9g/litre propiconazole, 14.5g/litre fludioxonil MAPP No. 14154 Not approved for use in ROI
Dollar Spot
Anthracnose
Microdochium (Fusarium) Patch
118
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster Wsf Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe Ca-Booster High N High P High K Vitalnova Blade
(500-1,000) (500-1,000) (500-1,000) (500-1,000) (500-1,000) (600-1,000) X (500-1,000) (500-1,000) (500-1,000) (500-1,000)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise
Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Headway Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL Banner Maxx
(600-900) (500) (500-600) X X X X X X X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
Directions For Use1. To optimise results use preventatively or during early stages
of disease establishment.
2. Go to www.greencast.com for weather and temperaure guidance and disease prediction service.
3. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
4. Maximum 3 treatments per year.
5. Minimum interval of 14 days between applications.
6. Instrata is tank-mixable with other products within the Everris range. Advice should always be sought from your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager before any tank mix is applied.
7. Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift.
8. For use on golf courses and bowling greens.
9. Do not apply using a knapsack sprayer.
10. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE.
• For optimum results use as a preventative treatment
• Use as part of an integrated disease control programme
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
119
Plant Protection
Fungicide with systemic active ingredients that combine quick action with sustained control of the main turfgrass diseasesHeadway is a broad spectrum systemic fungicide that contains azoxystrobin and propiconazole. The formulation has been created to provide outstanding protection against disease and to stop fungal development at an early stage. Headway is uptaken quickly through the leaf and root then moves rapidly through the plant. If growth is active then Headway moves quickly to achieve control and then gives lasting protection.
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Label Approved Diseases: ✓ Microdochium Patch✓ Dollar Spot✓ Leaf Spot✓ Take All Patch✓ Anthracnose
Headway Benefits Preventative, curative and eradicant action
Rapid uptake and movement within the plant
Long lasting protection from 2 proven active ingredients
Product characteristics:Pack size: 3 litre S-pac bottlePacks per outer: 4 x 3 litrePack coverage: 1 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 3.0 litres per hectare (30ml per 100m2) Water volume: 250-1,000 litres per hectare (2.5-10 litres per 100m2)Maximum number of treatments: 4 per annum
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
AI. Contains 62.5g/litre azoxystrobin, 104g/litre propiconazoleMAPP No. 14396 PCS No. 03557
Proven PerformanceHeadway has been extensively tried and tested on high quality turf at the state of the art Syngenta turf research facility in Stein, as well as by independent researchers and turf managers at prestigious golf and sports turf facilities across the UK.
STRI trials at Bingley in Yorkshire showed Headway to be an outstandingly effective treatment for Microdochium Patch, with incredibly persistent results, weeks after application. Headway delivered significantly greater levels of disease control, which lasted far longer than other fungicides.
STRI Trial data.
Trials at STRI Bingley showed that Headway delivered significantly improved disease control, which lasted far longer than other fungicides.
Headway treatment of Microchium Patch
Headway Iprodione Myclobutanil
Application 2 + 4 weeks
Application 2 + 8 weeks
Application 2 + 12 weeks
Headway has performed outstandingly in trials, with up to 48% better disease control than the average of these comparative fungicides
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
Mic
rodo
chiu
m P
atch
con
trol
+30%
+48
%
+37%
Headway achieved virtually 100% control over four weeks after application, and was still achieving over 80% control more than twelve weeks after application.
120
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. To optimise results, use as a protectant treatment or
when a predictive assessment indicates a high risk of disease development go to www.greencast.co.uk.
2. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
3. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications.
4. Headway is tank-mixable with other products within the Everris range, with the exception of any silicone based wetting agents. Advice should always be sought from your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager before any tank mix is applied.
5. Application to Young Grass: can be applied after the 2nd leaf stage.
6. Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift.
7. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE.
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster WSF Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol Iron
Vitalnova Blade
(400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) X (300-1,000) (300-1,000) (300-1,000) X (400-1,000)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise
Qualibra Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL Banner Maxx
Instrata
(600-900) (400-500) (400-1,000) (400-600) X X X X X X X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
• Ideal to be applied as the final preventative systemic fungicide application in the autumn
• Use in conjunction with good cultural practice to reduce the risk of damaging attacks
The K Club, Co. Kildare
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
121
Plant Protection
Fast acting cool weather systemic fungicide that protects turf as it growsBanner Maxx contains propiconazole and is a broad spectrum systemic fungicide. It is formulated to be rapidly absorbed and transported through the plant even at cool temperatures.
The translocation provides good distribution of the active ingredient especially within new growth. Banner Maxx has protective, curative and eradicant activity, and it utilises the unique Syngenta formulation technology to be gentle and safe to turf. The mode of action and rapid uptake even in cool conditions makes Banner Maxx the ideal choice for protection going into and coming out of winter.
AI. Contains 156g/litre propiconazoleMAPP No. 13167 PCS No. 02715
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Label Approved Diseases: ✓ Microdochium Patch✓ Anthracnose✓ Dollar Spot✓ Brown Patch
Banner Maxx Benefits Fast uptake and movement to protect turf as it grows
Protective, curative and eradicant activity
Works well at lower temperatures (above 6ºC soil temperature)
Product characteristics:Pack size: 3 litre S-pac bottlePacks per outer: 4 x 3 litresPack coverage: 1 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 3 litres per hectare (30ml per 100m2)Water volume: 400 - 1,000 litres per hectare (4 - 10 litres per 100m2) Maximum number of treatments: 4 per year
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Directions For Use1. For best results use as a preventative or during early stages of
disease establishment or when a predictive assessment indicates a risk of disease development, go to www.greencast.co.uk
2. Approved for application using a knapsack sprayer
3. Avoid applications during frosty or drought condition
4. Banner Maxx is tank-mixable with other products within the Everris range. Advice should always be sought via your Everris Technical Representative before any tank mix is applied
5. Maximum 4 treatments per year
6. Minimum 14 day interval between treatment
7. Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift
8. For use on managed amenity turf and amenity grassland
9. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE
122
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
• Use Effect Iron Fe and remove dew to help reduce the risk of Microdochium Patch disease
• Use a SierraformGT fertilizer programme to pre-stress condition prior to the onset of disease
GREENMASTER LIQUID SPORTSMASTER WSF BIOSTIMULANTS
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe Ca-Booster High N High P High K Vitalnova Blade
(400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 1,000) X (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
WETTING AGENTS PGR HERBICIDES FUNGICIDES
H2Pro Conserve H2Pro Maximise Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Headway Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL Instrata
(600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 - 600) X X X X X (400 - 1,000) X X
123
Plant Protection
Long lasting protection systemic fungicide with root uptakeHeritage Maxx is a high performance systemic strobilurin fungicide, approved for the control of: Microdochium Patch, Take-All Patch, Anthracnose, Brown Patch, Leaf Spot / Melting Out, Rust diseases & Type 2 Fairy Rings.
The Maxx formulation provides fast uptake and rapid movement through the plant to get the active ingredient to the site of infection and quickly to work. The unique root update of Heritage Maxx tackles soil and root disease at the source and ensures maximum uptake by the plant to enhance and prolong disease control.
Heritage Maxx Benefits Quick and efficient uptake by leaf and root to move the active ingredient to the point of infection
Seven turf and soil diseases on the label
Active recycling prolongs the period of activity
AI. 95g/litre azoxystrobinMAPP No. 14787 PCS No. 03978
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Label Approved Diseases: ✓ Microdochium Patch✓ Anthracnose ✓ Brown Patch✓ Leaf Spot / Melting Out✓ Rusts✓ Take All Patch✓ Type 2 Fairy Ring
Product characteristics:Pack size: 3 litres S-pac bottlePacks per outer: 4 x 3 litresPack coverage: 1.2 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 2.5 litres per hectare (25ml per 100m2)Water volume: 125 - 1,000 litres per hectare (1.25 - 10 litres per 100m2)Maximum number of treatments: 4 per year
The Maxx formulation moves faster for quicker activityThe unique Maxx formulation has been specifically designed for turf applications. Its advantages include;
• Outstanding turf safety
• Increased and enhanced product uptake for faster effect
• Very stable in the sprayer tank
• Easy to use liquid formulation
• Compatible and easy to mix with other products
Active recycling, cut, after cut, after cut
124
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
• Use in conjunction with cultural control measures designed to reduce the risk of disease attack
• Refer to www.greencast.co.uk for weather and disease forecast information
Directions For Use1. To optimise best results use as preventative or during early
stages of disease establishment or when a predictive assessment indicates a risk of disease development, go to www.greencast.co.uk
2. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions
3. Heritage Maxx is tank-mixable with other products within the Everris range. Advice should always be sought via your Everris Technical Representative before any tank mix is applied
4. Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift
5. For use on managed amenity turf, including fine turf and amenity grassland
6. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster Wsf Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe Ca-Booster High N High P High K Vitalnova Blade
(400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 1,000) X (300 - 1,000) (300 - 1,000) (300 - 1,000) (200 - 1,000)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve H2Pro Maximise Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Medallion TL Banner Maxx Instrata
(600 - 900) (400 - 500) (300 - 600) X X X X (125 - 500) (400 - 1,000) X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
Heritage Maxx
Pyraclo-strobin
Trifloxy-strobin
Iprod-ione
Microdochium Patch
Anthracnose
Brown Patch
Leaf Spot / Melting Out
Rusts
Take All Patch
Type 2 Fairy Ring
LERAP No LERAP Category B restriction
Category B restriction
Category B restriction
Label Approved Diseases
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
125
Plant Protection
Medallion TL tackles pathogen on the leaf thatch and soil
Recommended Period of Use weather permitting
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Bio-inspired Contact+ fungicide designed for use in the winterMedallion TL offers powerful and targeted control of the pathogens responsible for the key turf diseases; Microdochium (Fusarium) Patch, Anthracnose, Leaf Spot. Its Contact+ activity tackles damaging pathogens on the leaf, thatch and soil surface for long-term effect. Ideal as a preventative application to give long lasting control.
Medallion TL Benefits Fast acting knockdown of Microdochium (Fusarium) spores on leaf, thatch and spores
Gives long lasting control in winter conditions
Ideal as a preventative winter application
AI. 125g/litre fludioxonilMAPP No. 15287 PCS No. 04188
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Label Approved Diseases: ✓ Microdochium Patch✓ Anthracnose ✓ Leaf Spot
Product characteristics:Pack size: 1 & 3 litre S-pac bottlePacks per outer: 12 x 1 litre, 4 x 3 litrePack coverage: 3,333 m2, 1 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 3 litres per hectare (30ml per 100m2)Water volume: 125-500 litres per hectare (1.25-5 litres per 100m2)Maximum number of treatments: 4 per annum
126
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster WSF Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol Iron
Vitalnova Blade
(400-500) (400-500) (400-500) (400-500) (400-500) X X (300-500) (300-500) X X (400-500)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise
Qualibra Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Heritage Maxx
Banner Maxx
Headway Instrata
X (400-600) (400-500) (400-600) X X X X (125-500) X X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
• Use when soil temperatures are below 7ºC and clipping yields are low
• Use in an integrated programme with Greenmaster Effect Iron Fe (do not tank mix) for improved control and recovery
Directions For Use1. Begin applications when conditions are favourable
for disease infection or at the very beginning of disease symptom expression.
2. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
3. Apply when soil temperature is below 7ºC and when clipping yields are low.
4. Maximum number of 4 sprays per year.
5. A minimum interval of 14 days should be observed between applications.
6. Do not leave the spray liquid in the sprayer for long periods (such as during meal breaks or overnight).
7. Make up only the amount of spray required for immediate use.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
127
Plant Protection
Label Approved Diseases: ✓ Microdochium Patch✓ Anthracnose ✓ Brown Patch✓ Leaf Spot / Melting Out✓ Rusts✓ Take All Patch✓ Type 2 Fairy Ring
Recommended Period of Use weather permitting
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Systemic fungicide derived from naturally occuring compoundsHeritage is a high performance systemic strobilurin fungicide. The small pack granular formulation makes it ideal for use on bowling greens.
Heritage Benefits Seven turf diseases on the label
Derived from naturally occurring compounds
The only strobilurin that can be used up to 4 times per annum
AI. 500g/kg azoxystrobinMAPP No. 13536 PCS No. 02092
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Product characteristics:Pack size: 100g & 500gPack coverage: 2,000 & 10,000m2
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 0.5kg of product per hectare (5g per 100m2)Water volume: 125-1,000 litres per hectare (1.25-10 litres per 100m2)
Maximum number of treatments: 4 per annum
128
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster WSF Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol Iron
Vitalnova Blade
(400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) (400-1,000) (600-1,000) X (300-1,000) (300-1,000) (300-1,000) (900-1,000) (200-1,000)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise
Qualibra Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Banner Maxx Headway Instrata
(600-900) (400-500) (400-1,000) (300-600) X X X X (400-1,000) X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
• Use in conjunction with cultural control measures to reduce the risk of disease attack
• Go to iTurf Solution section for further advice on specific diseases, p132
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
Directions For Use1. For best results use as protectant or during early stages
of disease establishment or when a predictive assessment indicates a risk of disease development, go to www.greencast.co.uk.
2. Apply preventatively and as a drench (1,000 litres of water) for control of Take-All patch disease and make 2 applications 14 days apart.
3. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
4. Heritage is tank-mixable with other products within the Everris range. Advice should always be sought via your Everris Technical Representative before any tank mix is applied.
5. Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift.
6. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE.
129
Plant Protection
Crane Fly larvae feed on the roots of grasses. Usually very little damage is done as plants have a remarkable ability to compensate for minor root damage. However, when populations are high (estimated to be about 25-30 larvae per square metre) damage to turf areas can be extensive.The adult Crane Fly is found in the late summer and early autumn. It has long legs and resembles a large mosquito (body is about 1 inch long). The larvae, called Leatherjackets, live in the soil. They hatch from eggs laid in the late summer. They feed during the autumn and into the spring of the following year. They stop feeding in May. Damage generally becomes noticeable during the spring, caused by feeding that occurred the previous autumn and winter. Damage can also occur when birds scratch at the turf surface attracted to the larvae.
Leatherjacket /Crane Fly Lifecycle
Crane Fly Eggs Leatherjacket Crane Fly
Leatherjackets
Pest Identification and Control
130
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Chafer GrubAdult Chafers are medium-sized reddish brown beetles about 13-15mm long. It is the grub stage however that is most likely to be found in turf. Damage is usually most evident in August and September. Early symptoms include gradual thinning, yellowing, and weakening of the grass stand followed by the appearance of scattered, irregular dead patches.
As damage continues, the dead patches may increase in size, and apparently healthy turf areas may exhibit sudden wilting. The turf may feel spongy as you walk over the infested area.
Adult Chafers emerge from the pupal cells in mid-June and continue mating until late July. The adults emerge at dusk and fly to nearby trees and shrubs where copulation begins. This copulation occurs in mass until dawn when adults return to the soil. Cool or rainy nights greatly reduce flight and mating activities, but eventually females dig into the soil and lay eggs. Each female lays 15-20 eggs in 2-5 days. They are usually laid in compacted soil, up to 150mm deep.
The eggs swell to approximately 2.0 x 2.7mm as they absorb moisture and hatch in about two weeks. The first instar (stage) are approximately 4mm long and may remain in the soil if surface moisture levels are low. However eventually the young larvae move to the surface and feed on plant roots. If food is sufficient, the first instar matures in three weeks and the second instars take a further four weeks to mature. The third instars, which can grow to 17mm when fully grown, feed for a period in the autumn before moving down into the soil for the winter. Pupation then occurs in mid-May 50-150mm into the soil.
Chafer Grub Adult Chafer
Chafer Lifecycle
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
131
Plant Protection
Biological control of Chafer Grubs and Leatherjackets in amenity turfNemasys G and Nemasys J each contain beneficial nematodes as their biological control agent. Neither species of nematode in Nemasys are harmful to turf.
The beneficial nematodes feed on the target insect pests to achieve control. The target grubs stop feeding within three days of infection then die 10 - 14 days later.
Nemasys Benefits Safe for turf and wildlife
Kills larvae within 10 - 14 days
One tray treats 500m2
AI. Contains insect parasitic nematodes
Areas of Use: ✓ Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Nemasys J controls Leatherjackets
Nemasys G controls Chafer Grubs
LeatherjacketsEggs are laid in late August and hatch within two weeks. The young start feeding immediately. Nemasys J should be applied and watered into the turf about two weeks after the adult Crane Fly have been seen. This is usually from August to September, which is the best time to apply nematodes as the soil temperature is around 12°C.
Chafer GrubsThe eggs of the Chafer Beetle hatch and begin feeding on the roots of the grass plant from July until late September. They then burrow deep into the ground, lying dormant under the soil until spring when they move to the surface and emerge as beetles, and so the cycle repeats.
DeliveryNemasys G and Nemasys J are living products. They are dispatched directly from our production facility by overnight carrier. Once received, the transport box should be opened and refrigerated at between 2°C and 5°C for up to four weeks.
Product characteristics:Pack size: Tray (250m nematodes)Pack coverage: 500m2
Application rate: Dose rate: One tray per 500m2
Water volume: 50 litres per 500m2
Maximum number of treatments: 1 per year
Recommended Period of Use weather permitting
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
132
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. Pre-mix the tray in a bucket of cold water
2. Add to a conventional spray tank or knapsack sprayer
3. Add H2Pro Conserve or H2Pro Maximise wetting agent to help penetration
4. Check sprayers have no filters below 50 mesh (0.3mm) and remove if necessary. For knapsack sprayers minimum filter is 18 mesh (1.0mm)
5. Start and continue sprayer agitation throughout application
6. Apply immediately. Do not allow the spray solution to remain in the tank longer than one hour after mixing
7. After application the soil needs to be kept moist by irrigation or natural rainfall
8. The soil temperature must be between 10oC and 30oC at application and for at least two weeks afterwards
• See iTurf section for fully integrated pest control strategies, see page 5
This golf course has dramatic evidence of the sort of damage that can be caused to turf. These golf courses have been torn apart by birds and other wild animals searching for the larvae of Chafer Grubs and leatherjackets.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
133
Plant Protection
Common Turf & Grassland Weeds
Bird’s Foot Trefoil Black Medick Creeping Buttercup
Creeping Yellowcress Cat’s Ear Common Chickweed Common Mouse-Ear Cinquefoil
DaisyCreeping Thistle Dandelion Field Woodrush
Bulbous Buttercup Meadow Buttercup
Groundsel
Weed identification and Selective Weed Control
134
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Hawkbit Lesser Celandine Parsley Piert Pearlwort
Red CloverRagwortPlantain, Greater Ribwort Plantain
Shepherds Purse Germander Speedwell White Clover Yarrow Yellow Sorrel
Lesser Trefoil
Poa Annua
135
Plant Protection
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product characteristics:Pack size: 5 and 10 litre polythene bottlesPacks per outer: 4 x 5 litres, 2 x 10 litresPack coverage: 5 litre: 9,090-14,285m2 10 litre: 18,180-28,570m2
Application rate: Low rate: 3.5 litres per hectare35ml in 3 litres of water per 100m2
High rate: 5.5 litres in 500 litres of water per hectare55ml in 5 litres of water per 100m2
Maximum number of treatments: 2 per year
Cost effective broad spectrum selective herbicide for use on managed amenity turfThe three-way formulation provides a broad spectrum of weed control.
It can be applied using standard spray equipment or pedestrian-controlled sprayers. Application is best carried out in spring when weeds and turf are actively growing. Where difficult weeds persist, a follow-up application may be required.
Re-Act Benefits Controls a wide range of annual and perennial weeds
Broad spectrum of activity
Non-ester formulation – does not vaporise in hot weather conditions
AI. Contains 22.6% w/w MCPA, 20.9% w/w mecoprop-P and 2.8% w/w dicambaMAPP No. 15718 PCS No. 02362
Areas of Use: ✓ Managed Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Directions For Use1. Do not apply during drought or if rain is expected within six
hours of treatment.
2. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
3. Do not mow fine turf for 24 hours before or after treatment or for 3 days if treating less closely mown turf.
4. If renovating turf, do not re-seed for 6-8 weeks after treatment.
5. Do not apply to grass or turf unless it has been established for at least 18 months.
6. Do not use first 4 mowings for mulching unless composted for at least 6 months.
7. Do not spray in windy or very still conditions.
136
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Greenmaster Liquid1 Sportsmaster WSF2 Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol Iron
Vitalnova Blade
(400-500) (400-500) (400-500) (400-500) (400-500) X X (300-500) (300-500) (300-500) (300-500) (400-500)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise
Qualibra Primo Maxx Praxys Jewel Rescue Headway Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL Banner Maxx
Instrata
X X X (300-500)3 X X X X X X X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
Cat’s Ear Ribwort Plantain Sea Plantain Hoary Plantain
Rate - 3.5 litres in 300 litres water per hectare 1 application per season
Creeping Buttercup Daisy Dandelion Hawkbit
Rate - 3.5 litres in 300 litres water per hectare 2 applications per season
Bird’s-Foot Trefoil Common Mouse-ear White Clover Self-heal Black Medick Lesser Trefoil
Rate - 5.5 litres in 500 litres water per hectare Repeat application may be required
Pearlwort Yarrow
Rate - 5.5 litres in 500 litres water per hectare 2 applications, in successive seasons necessary
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
137
Plant Protection
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Praxys kills tough weeds with the 3 most powerful actives
Now approved for Slender Speedwell
Germander Speedwell Black Medick
Common Mouse Ear Creeping Buttercup
Ribwort PlaintainProduct characteristics:Pack size: 2 and 5 litre bottlesPacks per outer: 8 x 2 litres, 4 x 5 litresPack coverage: VariableApplication rate: Maximum individual dose: 2 litres per hectare (20ml per 100m2)Water volume: 200 litres per hectare (2 litres per 100m2)Maximum number of treatments: 1 per annum
High performance highly concentrated selective weedkiller for the control of difficult weeds in turfA unique turf herbicide that is designed to control difficult weeds at low dose rates.
Praxys is the most powerful systemic, post-emergent herbicide available. It combines three powerful active ingredients and two different modes of action to control a wide range of difficult weeds in turf.
Praxys Benefits Complete control right down to the roots with no regrowth
Rapid entry and rainfast within one hour
Lowest dosage rates and water volume of any herbicide available
AI. Contains 144g/litre fluroxypyr-meptyl, 80g/litre clopyralid and 2.5g/litre florasulamMAPP No. 13912 PCS No. 03510
Areas of Use: ✓ Managed Amenity Turf✓ Lawns✓ Amenity Grassland
138
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. The ideal timing for application is when the weeds are small
and actively growing.
2. Broad-leaved weeds not present at application will not be controlled.
3. An interval of 4 weeks must elapse between application of Praxys and re-seeding turf.
4. Do not use any plant material treated with Praxys for composting or mulching.
5. Do not apply if turfgrass is wet.
6. Do not apply to turf, lawns or grass areas which are under stress.
7. Do not apply if night temperatures are low, if ground frost is imminent, or in periods of prolonged cold or dry weather.
8. Take extreme care to avoid drift onto crops and non-target plants, e.g. trees, shrubs, bedding, outside the target area.
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster WSF Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol Iron
Vitalnova Blade
X X X X X X X X X X X (200)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise
Qualibra Primo Maxx Re-Act Jewel Rescue Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL Banner Maxx
Headway Instrata
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
• Apply Praxys during active growth for optimum weed control
• Active growth and uptake of active ingredient can be promoted with an appropriate nutrition programme
Malton and Norton Golf Club, North Yorkshire
Praxys kills tough weeds with the 3 most powerful actives
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
139
Plant Protection
Weeds controlled
Bristley Oxtongue
Bucks Horn Plantain
Moss
Greater Plantain
CinquefoilWhite Clover
Creeping ButtercupDaisy
Birdsfoot TrefoilSpeedwell
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product characteristics: Pack size: 1.5kg bottle Packs per outer: 4 x 1.5kg Pack coverage: 1 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 1.5 kg per hectare (15g per 100m2) Water volume: 500 litres per hectare (5 litres per 100m2) Maximum number of treatments: 2 per annum
Moss and selective weed control in one easy-to-use formulationJewel is the first professional turf product to offer effective weed and moss control in one formulation.
It contains carfentrazone for selective weed and moss control as well as mecoprop-P for broad leaved weed control in turf. Jewel is available as a water soluble granule for easy use. User trials have indicated that the use of H2Pro wetting agent may improve control of Silver Thread Moss (Bryum argentum).
Jewel Benefits Controls weeds and moss in turf
Suitable for use on all turfgrass species
Contact and systemic action
AI. Contains 1.5% w/w carfentrazone-ethyl and 60% w/w mecoprop-p.MAPP No. 14327 PCS No. 02953
Areas of Use: ✓ Managed Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
140
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. Jewel can be used from the 3-leaf stage onwards
(approximately 4-6 weeks after sowing depending on climatic conditions).
2. For best results apply Jewel when weeds are at an early growing stage.
3. Allow an interval of 6-8 weeks between product application and over-seeding.
4. For moss control it is recommended that following death of the moss, the turf is scarified.
5. Apply when the weather is fair, the soil is moist, the grass dry, when the moss and broad-leaved weeds are actively growing.
6. Do not apply if rainfall is expected within 24 hours.
7. Do not apply in frosty conditions.
8. Weed control in 3-5 weeks.
9. Retreatment may be necessary for heavy infestations or if moss returns or weeds re-grow.
10. To avoid subsequent damage to turf, thoroughly clean all spray equipment after use.
Greenmaster Liquid Sportsmaster WSF Biostimulants
High N Spring & Summer
NK High K STEP Liquid Effect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Vitalnova Blade
(500) (500) (500) (500) (500) X X (500) (500) (500) (500)
Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
H2Pro Conserve H2Pro Maximise Primo Maxx Re-Act Praxys Rescue Headway Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL Banner Maxx Instrata
X X (500) X X X X X X X X
Tank Mix Table (figures in brackets represent the tank mix water rate in litres per hectare)
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
ml Grams
50 31.2
40 24.96
30 18.72
20 12.48
Jewel Cap ConversionThe Jewel cap shows ml measurements, conversion to grams are as follows:
141
Plant Protection
Felixstowe Ferry Golf Club, Suffolk
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product characteristics: Pack size: 1 litre S-pac bottle
Packs per outer: 12 x 1 litre
Pack coverage: 7,518-10,000m2
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: Spring - 1.33 litres per hectare (13.3ml per 100m2) Autumn - 1 litre per hectare (10ml per 100m2)
Water volume: 250-500 litres per hectare (2.5-5 litres per 100m2)
Maximum number of treatments: 2 per annum
Selective herbicide for the control of ryegrass on golf courses and bowling greensRescue is a revolutionary selective herbicide for the control of Ryegrass in fine turf swards.
For the first time, golf course and bowling green managers have the opportunity to effectively control those coarse and clumpy Ryegrass infestations that adversely affect the quality and playability of turf. Rescue can also be used to reduce course grass infestations across golf courses to reduce mowing requirements, help speed up play and encourage the development of more environmentally beneficial plant species.
Rescue Benefits Controls Ryegrass but leaves Fescue, Poa annua and Browntop Bentgrasses unaffected
Can improve playing qualities and reduce maintenance requirements
Easy to use formulation that is rainfast in an hour
AI.Contains 45g/litre pinoxaden and 11.25g/litre cloquintocet-mexylMAPP No. 14518 PCS No. 03682
Areas of Use: ✓ Golf Greens✓ Bowling Greens✓ Golf Fairways✓ Semi-Roughs✓ Roughs
142
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. Best results achieved from Rescue programmes
started in autumn.
2. Apply twice for optimal control.
3. Over sowing following Rescue application can achieve faster rejuvenation of fine turf playing surfaces and minimise invasion of weed species.
4. Dense, well established patches of Ryegrass may require a programme of two or three applications to achieve full control.
5. Follow-up Rescue treatments on an annual basis may be required to control new seedling re-infestation.
6. Rescue can be applied with conventional golf course or bowling green sprayer (including knapsack).
7. Spray Rescue in 250-500 litres of water per hectare, ensure good coverage but avoid over wetting.
8. Rescue should not be tank mixed with other plant protection products.
• Overseed where needed to replace controlled grasses with desirable species
• The removal of coarse grasses will allow you to reduce the intensity of your surface preparations
What can you expect to see?Before applicationRyegrass infestations on fine turf create an uneven and unsightly surface that is difficult to maintain and unpopular with players. Rescue application is a quick and effective route to restoring fine turf quality.
Two to three weeks after applicationRyegrass and other susceptible weed grasses start to go pale yellow and begin to die back. The timings at which effects are seen will be weather dependent; in good growing conditions results are faster, but in dry or poor conditions it will take longer for Rescue to have the desired effect.
Three to five weeks after applicationDo the ‘Rescue Rub Test’. When the treated patches have died back, rub the patch with the palm of our hand. If the treated turf surface breaks up it has ‘passed’ the Rescue Rub Test. Any temporary yellowing on Bentgrasses should be outgrown. Overseeding can take place at any time when weather and soil conditions are conducive.
Five to eight weeks after applicationTarget ryegrass and other weed grasses will have died right back. Over-seeding should have taken place and, in good conditions, new seedlings will be starting to emerge. Apply appropriate Greenmaster liquid to encourage seedling development.
Eight to ten weeks after applicationRyegrass and other grass species will have been controlled. Any plants that have survived treatments will show weakened growth and susceptibility to a second Rescue application. Seedlings from over-seeding programmes should be well established.
The finished resultThe removal of ryegrasses and other unwanted coarse grasses can allow the successful re-establishment and maintenance of a high quality, fine turf playing surface.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
143
Plant Protection
Annual Mercury Bindweed Bladder CampionBittercress Blackgrass
Butterwort ClaryCharlock
Corn SpurryColtsfoot
Creeping Soft Grass
Corn Marigold
Cleavers (Goosegrass)
Fat HenDock
Common weeds
Weed identification and Total Weed Control
144
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Field Madder Fumitory Ground ElderGoatsbeardFleabane
Heath Bedstraw Hedge WoundwortGreater Stitchwort Hairy Hawkweed Hemp Agrimony
Henbit Hempnettle Hoary Cress
Ivy-Leaved Toadflax Japanese Knotweed KnapweedKidney Vetch
Herb Robert Horsetail
Knotweed (Knotgrass)
145
Plant Protection
System 4 Technology 4 steps to successful delivery
System 4 Technology provides these. It quickly reduces surface tension and it optimizes the droplet size and leaf contact properties so that successful impact is achieved.
System 4 Technology is a unique delivery system that optimises:
• Plant contact • A reduction in natural antagonism• Penetration • Translocation
One of the major problems of getting a herbicide to work is that droplets may not stick or cover leaves efficiently. In order to overcome this problem a herbicide must have 4 characteristics:
• Have successful impact • Optimise retention• Have optimal spread • Must not damage cells
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product characteristics: Pack size: 5 & 10 litre bottle
Packs per outer: 4 x 5 litres, 2 x 10 litres
Pack coverage: 5 litre = 0.83-3.85 hectare, 10 litre = 1.67-6.67 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 1.5-6.0 litres per hectare 15-60 ml per 100m2
Water volume: 80-250 litres per hectare 0.8-2.5 litres per 100m2
Non hazard glyphosate with surfactant “System 4” technology to maximise the effectiveness of treatmentProliance Quattro is an advanced glyphosate formulation for the control of emerged weeds in industrial and amenity situations.
The liquid formulation incorporates the fully optimised surfactant and water conditioner “System 4” technology that is designed to optimise control. The non-hazard classification means that Proliance Quattro offers a high standard of operator and environmental safety, to maximise the safety of the public, the operator and the environment.
Proliance Quattro Benefits Quick penetration and translocation of glyphosate for effective control
Clean label non hazard classification
Non foil S-Pac™ bottles
AI. Contains 360g/litre glyphosateMAPP No. 13670 PCS No. 03710
146
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. For best results use when weeds are actively growing,
with enough leaf cover to absorb the product.
2. Do not break up perennial weeds prior to treatment.
3. Weeds are less susceptible when growth is restricted by natural senescence or by factors, such as drought or waterlogging, to help make a predictive assessment on application windows, go to www.greencast.co.uk.
4. Rainfast within 6 hours.
5. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
6. For use on natural surfaces not intended to bear vegetation, permeable surfaces overlying soil and hard surfaces.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
147
Plant Protection
New Roundup formulation for amenity use Contains a blend of surfactants that offers non-toxic and ready biodegradability plus highly efficient activity at the leaf surface. This highly active combination ensures an improvement in glyphosate uptake and overall performance.
In addition the formulation retains the non-toxicity and biodegradability properties that are so important today. Low viscosity is maintained through a wide range of storage and application conditions to ensure ease of use.
Weeds controlled Roundup ProBio herbicide controls most emerged grasses and broad-leaved weeds. It is important that all weeds are at the correct growth stage when treated, otherwise some re-growth may occur and this will need re-treatment.
Apply Roundup ProBio herbicide once grasses and broad-leaved weeds have emerged and they have actively growing green leaves. • Perennial grasses must have full emergence of healthy, green leaf.
(Common couch, for example, becomes susceptible at the onset of tillering and new rhizome growth, which usually occurs when plants have 4-5 leaves, each with 10-15 cm of new growth).
• Perennial broad-leaved weeds are most susceptible around the flowering stage.
• Annual grasses and broad-leaved weeds should have at least 5 cm of leaf, or 2 expanded true leaves, respectively. In set-aside, annual grasses are best treated at full ear emergence, or before stem elongation. Application during the stem extension phase of annual grasses Eg Black-grass and brome species between the end of April and end of May, may result in poor control and require re-treatment.
• Bracken should be treated after frond tips are unfurled, but pre-senescence.
Roundup ProBio Benefits Rainfast within 1 hour The widest label fields of use Widest range of tested tank mixing partners Drift reduction properties
Product CharacteristicsPack size: 5 litre bottlePack coverage: variableWater volume: 100-200 litres per hectare
Application Rate:
Rate per hectare Equivalent dilution Weeds controlled
3 litres 1:67 or 15ml per litre of water
Annual grasses, annual broad-leaved weeds
4 litres 1:50 or 20ml per litre of water
Arable weeds pre-planting of trees
5 litres 1:40 or 25ml per litre of water Most perennial weeds
6 litres 1:33 or 30ml per litre of water Floating aquatic weeds
10 litres 1:20 or 50ml per litre of water
Rhododendrion, Ivy, Horsetail and difficult waxy-leaved plants
AI. Contains 360g/litre glyphosateMAPP No. 15539 Not available in ROI
Areas of Use: ✓ Industrial✓ Amenity✓ Forestry✓ Aquatic
148
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
Directions For UseRoundup ProBio is recommended for control of annual and perennial grasses and broad-leaved weeds in non-crop areas, for cleaning up weedy ground prior to planting or sowing and for aquatic weed control. Roundup ProBio may also be used as a directed spray in ornamental plantings, orchards and for spot treating weeds in grassland. Roundup ProBio must be targeted only at weed growth on hard surfaces such as roadsides and paths, (see label for details).
2. DO NOT MIX, STORE OR APPLY ROUNDUP PROBIO IN GALVANISED OR UNLINED STEEL CONTAINERS OR SPRAY TANKS.
3. DO NOT leave spray mixtures in tank for long periods and make sure tanks are WELL VENTED.
4. Rainfast in 1 hour on annuals and Couch and in 4 hours on broad-leaved weeds and perennial grasses
5. Do not spray onto weeds which are naturally senescent, or where growth is impaired by drought, high temperatures, a covering of dust, flooding or frost at, or immediately after application, otherwise poor control may result.
6. Do not spray in windy conditions as drift onto desired crops or vegetation can severely damaged or destroy them.
7. Do not tank-mix Roundup ProBio with adjuvants, pesticides or fertilisers, except as specified in the Compatibility section.
8. Exclusion Times: People, pets and wildlife need not be kept out of treated areas. It is best not to walk in areas where the spray is still wet as transfer to other vegetation may lead to unwanted damage to other foliage. Once the spray is dry this cannot occur.
Compatability List:
Physically Compatible Equivalent dilution
Chikara MCPA*
Dursban WG Mixture B NF
2,4,D* Pistol (with agitation)
Frigate/T80 Stomp 400
Kerb Flo Marker dyes
*Antagonism when used at high rates. Do not exceed a ratio of 1 part to 3 parts Roundup.
149
Plant Protection
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Application rate:
Crops/situations Maximum individual dose
Natural surfaces not intended to bear vegetation; permeable surfaces overlaying soil; hard surfaces
4.0 litres per hectare
Enclosed waters; open waters; land immediately adjacent to aquatic areas
4.8 litres per hectare
Forest Forest nursery Weed control 8.0 litres per hectare
Stump application 160ml per litre water (16% solution of product in water)
Chemical thinning (by injection) 1.6ml per 10cm diameter (or less) of tree
Amenity vegetation 4.0 litres per hectare
All edible crops; all non-edible crops (destruction before sowing or planting)
4.0 litres per hectare
Product characteristics: Pack size: 5 litre bottle
Packs per outer: 4 x 5 litres
Pack coverage: 0.63-1.25 hectares
Highly concentrated non hazard glyphosate for rapid and long lasting control of difficult perennial weeds Roundup ProBiactive 450 is a foliar applied herbicide for the control of emerged grass and broad-leaved weeds in industrial, amenity, aquatic and forestry situations.
It is taken up by foliage and translocated to underground roots, rhizomes and stolons to achieve weed control. Roundup ProBiactive 450 is rapidly absorbed by soil particles and is quickly degraded by micro-organisms present in the soil and aquatic bottom sediments.
Roundup ProBiactive 450 Benefits Concentrated formulation for low application rate
Powerful surfactant for outstanding performance
Quick and long-lasting control of difficult perennial weeds
Rainfast in 1-4 hours
AI. Contains 450g/litre glyphosateMAPP No. 12778 Not available in ROI
Areas of Use: ✓ Industrial✓ Amenity✓ Forestry✓ Aquatic
150
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. Avoid spray drift.
2. A period without rain of 6 hours is recommended but gives excellent results on annuals and Couch in 1 hour and 4 hours on perennial weeds.
3. Use as directed to weeds which are actively growing, with enough leaf cover to absorb the product.
4. Weeds are less susceptible when growth is restricted by natural senescence or by factors, such as drought or waterlogging.
5. For aquatic, forestry, weed wipe, injection and stump application always refer to the product label or contact your Everris Technical Representative.
6. Avoid applications during frosty, waterlogged, hot or drought conditions.
7. Mix with TurfMark Extra spray pattern indicator to aid spraying, to condition water and minimise spray drift.
8. For use on natural surfaces not intended to bear vegetation, permeable surfaces overlying soil and hard surfaces.
9. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL/AGRICULTURAL/INDUSTRIAL HERBICIDE.
Directions For UseControls heavyweight weeds
Bramble Hogweed
Bindweed Cow Parsley
Japanese Knotweed White Bryony
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
151
Plant Protection
Application Rate:
Crop/situation Maximum individual dose
Land not intended to bear crops 5 litres/hectare
Forestry: Weed control 10 litres/hectare
Chemical thinning 2ml per 10cm diameter (or less) of tree
Stump application 20% solution of product in water (200ml/litre)
Water volume: 80-250 litres per hectare
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product Characteristics
Pack size : 5 litres
Packs per outer: 4 x 5 litres
Pack coverage: 0.5-1.0 hectare
Cost effective glyphosate formulation for control of emerged weeds in amenity, industrial, forestry and hard surfaces Monsanto Amenity Glyphosate is an aqueous solution recommended for the control of annual and perennial grasses and broad-leaved weeds in non-crop areas such as roadsides, paths and hard surfaces and along fences and walls.
It is ideal for clearing weed-covered ground prior to planting or sowing, and for total weed control on industrial sites. It may also be used as a directed spray in ornamental plantings and in forestry for site preparation and post-planting treatments.
Monsanto Amenity Glyphosate Benefits Cost effective treatment of many emergent weeds
Fully formulated with original Roundup surfactant
Rainfast in 6 hours
AI. Contains 360g/litre glyphosateMAPP No. 16382 Not available in ROI
Areas of Use: ✓ Horticultural ✓ Industrial✓ Amenity✓ Forestry
152
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
GlyphosateBlocks production of essential acids needed for plant growth
Pyraflufen-ethylInhibits the enzymes needed to drive photosynthesis
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
Fast acting total weed control from double action formulationHammer is a fast acting foliar applied translocated herbicide for the control of broad-leaved and grass weeds on surfaces not intended to bear vegetation, including natural surfaces, permeable surfaces overlaying soil, hard surfaces and for weed control around ornamental shrubs and trees.
Now with hard surface approval
Hammer Benefits Innovative combination of two active ingredients
Visible effects after just 24 hours
Effective on broad range of weeds
Now with hard surface approval
Contains 0.66g/litre pyraflufen-ethyl: 240g/litre glyphosateMAPP No. 16948 Not available in ROI
Areas of Use: ✓ Industrial✓ Amenity
Application Rate:
IMPORTANT INFORMATION For use only as a horticultural/industrial herbicide
Crop/situation
Natural surfaces not intended to bear vegetation; permeable surfaces overlaying soil; around ornamental shrubs and trees
Hard Surfaces (block paving footpaths, pavements, roadsides, paths, drives, yards, paving slabs, terraces, patios, along fences and walls)
Maximum individual dose:
8.75 litres product/ha 6.25 litres product/ha
Maximum number of treatments
4 per year
Latest time of application
November
Other specific restrictions
N/A
READ THE LABEL BEFORE USE. USING THIS PRODUCT IN A MANNER THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH THE LABEL MAY BE AN OFFENCE. FOLLOW THE CODE OF PRACTICE FOR USING PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCTS.
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product Characteristics
Pack size: 5 litre bottle
Packs per outer: 4 x 5 litres
Pack coverage: flexible dependent on the weed
153
Plant Protection
The best solution for invasive and tough woody weeds Unwanted vegetation in amenity grassland and non-crop areas causes safety hazards, severe economic loss, and damage to desirable structures. As well as being unsightly, invasive weeds also reduce biodiversity and can pose serious risk to human health. Dow AgroSciences has combined the latest technology in its ICADE herbicide.
Areas of Use: ✓ Industrial✓ Amenity Grassland
12 g/litre aminopyralid and 120 g/litre of triclopyrMAPP No. 16182 PCS No. 04249
ICADE Benefits Effective against Japanese Knotweed, Hogweed and Buddleia
Rainfast in 1 hour Safe to grasses Outstanding levels of translocation gets ICADE deep into the roots of weeds
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product CharacteristicsPack size: 1 litre bottlesPacks per outer: 10 x 1 litresPack coverage: Flexible dependent on the weed
Application Rate Broadcast application:Apply at 2.0 litres per hectare for common nettle.Apply at 4.0 litres per hectare for control of bramble, common mugwort, common nettle, creeping thistle and giant hogweed.Localised spot application:Apply at 150ml per 10 litres water for the control of bramble and gorse.Apply at 200ml per 10 litres water for the control of broom, buddleia and Japanese knotweed.
ICADE herbicide is approved for use under powerlines
Invasive weeds also reduce biodiversity and can cause damage to structures
ICADE herbicide is approved for use on railway embankments
Areas where ICADE can be used include:
154
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. Apply ICADE to actively growing weeds with a dry leaf
2. Spray ICADE to thoroughly wet the leaves up to the point of run off
3. Ensure good spray coverage of the whole weed
4. Spray to avoid drift
5. Allow at least 1 hour before any rainfall
6. Only mix enough spray for the job in hand
7. DO NOT USE on airfields
8. DO NOT USE ON LAND that will be grazed by livestock
9. DO NOT USE ON LAND within one year of sowing seed
10. DO NOT USE ON LAND where the vegetation will be cut for animal feed, fodder or bedding nor for composting or mulching within one calendar year of treatment.
11. Not approved for forestry/ woodlands/ airfields/ golf courses
Users must have received adequate instruction, training and guidance in the safe use of the product and must take all reasonable precautions to protect the health of human beings, creatures and plants and safeguard the environment.
To use Icade you will need to sign sign a Certification Card to confirm that the directions on the Card and stipulations on the product label will be adhered to.
ICADE quickly translocates throughout the target weed
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
155
Plant Protection
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Glyphosate circulates throughout the entire plant causing rapid knockdown and kill of foliage and roots.
Diflufenican adheres to the soil surface to form a chemical barrier preventing further weed seed germination.
How it works
Pre and post-emergent non-selective herbicide for the control of annual and perennial weeds ProShield contains two potent active ingredients to deliver fast and effective weed control.
It contains glyphosate to control seedlings and established weeds and diflufenican (DFE) for pre-emergent prevention of further weed germination. These two active ingredients work together to deliver faster, more effective and more long-lasting weed control than a straight glyphosate application.
ProShield Benefits Rapid kill then barrier prevention against germination for up to 6 months
Rainfast within 1 hour
For use on gravel and soft surfaces
AI. Contains 250g/litre glyphosate and 40g/litre diflufenicanMAPP No. 16118 Not available in ROI
Areas of Use: ✓ Industrial✓ Amenity
Product characteristics: Pack size: 5 litre bottle
Packs per outer: 4 x 5 litre
Pack coverage: 1.1 hectare
Application rate: Maximum individual dose: 4.5 litres per hectare (45ml per 100m2)
Water volume: 200-400 litres per hectare (2-4 litres per 100m2)
Maximum number of treatments: 1 per annum (at latest by end September)
156
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. For use on gravel and soft surfaces.
2. One application kills weeds rapidly, then barrier action prevents germination for up to 6 months.
3. Rainfast within 1 hour.
4. The product is applied post-emergence to control a wide range of annual and perennial broad-leaved weeds and grasses on porous surfaces on land not intended to bear vegetation.
5. Applications should not be made to plants growing under stress conditions, such as drought or water-logging, as reduced levels of control may result.
6. Do not spray in windy weather.
7. Do not add any wetting agent or adjuvant oil as this may result in reduced activity.
8. FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL/INDUSTRIAL HERBICIDE.
Tree safetyProShield can be used around mature street trees. It remains near the surface of the soil, and there is little or no lateral movement. ProShield does not, therefore, come into contact with the trees’ roots.
Operator safetyProShield is classified as Non-Hazard and Non-Irritant to the operator under Chip 3 and COSHH regulations. It is a water-based, non-solvent formulation.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
157
Plant Protection
Ecoplug Max and the environmentEcoplug Max application supports the requirements of the Sustainable Use Directive to minimise the use of pesticides and the Water Framework Directive to prevent contamination of waterways with pesticides The unique plug design reduces the risk of chemical spillage, and the application method reduces the risk of chemicals getting into water or potential overdosing. Ecoplug Max contains glyphosate which degrades into natural compounds.
Treatment for tree stumps to minimise root and stump sproutingEcoplug Max is an effective treatment for tree stumps to control unwanted re-growth.
Each plug contains granular glyphosate to kill the whole root system of targeted trees with no effect on surrounding trees. The plugs are inserted into the stump via drill holes. This revolutionary product is highly effective and delivers 95-100% control of treated cut stumps.
Ecoplug Max Benefits 95-100% efficacy on treated stumps, preventing regrowth
100% selective with no effect on surrounding trees or vegetation
Reduces the interval between clearing by 50-100%
AI. Contains 300mg granular glyphosateMAPP No. 14741 Not available in ROI
Areas of Use: ✓ Industrial✓ Forestry
Application rate:
Stump diameter in cm Number of Ecoplug’s
GROUP 1 Alder, Aspen, Beech, Birch, Elm, Lime, Maple, Mountain Ash, Willow
3-6cm6-10cm10-14cm14-18cm>20cm
12346-8cm between plugs
Each buttress root 1
GROUP 2 Ash, Cherry, Bird Cherry, Oak
3-6cm6-10cm10-14cm14-18cm>20cm
23465-6cm between plugs
Each buttress root 2
GROUP 3 Poplar, Rhododendron, Elder, Tree of Heaven
3-6cm6-10cm10-14cm14-18cm>20cm
24683-4cm between plugs
Each buttress root 2
Product characteristics: Pack size: Pack contains 100 x 300mg plugs
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
158
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Directions For Use1. Cut the tree as close to the ground as possible.
2. For optimum results treat within 2 days of cutting, however, stumps can be treated up to 1 month of felling, but translocation of active ingredient may be slower.
3. Measure the diameter of the cut face, and calculate how many plugs to use from the application rate table.
4. Drill a hole in the stump, the hole should be 25-30mm deep and 13mm wide using an adapted drill to control the depth.
5. Space the holes no more than 6-8cm apart around the entire circumference of the stump.
6. Drill as close to the bark as possible because the tree’s transport system is directly adjacent to the bark.
7. Insert Ecoplug Max plugs into each hole with the thicker end protruding outwards.
8. Using a hammer, drive the Ecoplug Max plug in completely so that its head seals the drilled hole causing the plug to release the herbicide.
9. For best results, stump treatment should be done not more than 2 days after felling.
10. Do not use for any other purpose than treatment of freshly cut tree stumps.
11. FOR USE ONLY AS AN INDUSTRIAL/FORESTRY HERBICIDE.
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
159
Plant Protection
Our speciality products are designed to help you manage areas of landscaping, tree and shrub plantings and water features and also apply your spray treatments as effectively as possible.
Speciality Products
160
Speciality ProductsLandscaper Products
PageProduct Description
Areas of Use
Lawns
Herbaceous annual and perennials
Trees and shrubs
Hanging Baskets
and Containers
Universtar Universal fertilizer for lawn and borders ✓ ✓ 162
Enmag CRF Controlled release fertilizer ✓ ✓ 163Osmocote Exact Tablet Controlled release fertilizer ✓ ✓ 164Levington TMPC Compost with NPK ✓ 165Sierrablen Flora Tablets Controlled release fertilizer ✓ ✓ 166
Speciality Products
PageArea Of Use Type
ProCrystal Bacterial Algae Control For Ponds And Lakes 168Black Onyx Wsp Water Colourant For Ponds And Lakes 170Turf Mark Extra Spray Pattern Indicator Dye 171
161
Speciality Products
Universal fertiliser for use on lawns and bordersUniverstar has been developed as a convenient and cost effective general purpose fertiliser. It contains a balanced blend of nutrients that are designed to give an extended release pattern.
Areas of Use: ✓ Lawns✓ Borders
15-5-15 +2CaO +2MgO (15 -2.2 +12.4 +1.4CaO +1.2MgO)
Universtar Balance Benefits Ideal general purpose fertilizer Nutrients released continuously for 2-3 months to encourage healthy balanced turf growth
No growth surges High nitrogen ensures a fast initial effect
Product CharacteristicsBag size: 25 kgApplication Rate: 35 g/m²Bag coverage: 714 m²Granule size: 1.0 - 2.5 mmGranule count: 200 granules/gram
Product Performance*Granule dispersal: 7 days (visually dispersed from surface)Turf response: 7 daysLongevity: 2 months* depending on environmental factors
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Directions For Use1. Apply to dry foliage.
2. Watering-in after application aids dispersion and gives a quicker initial effect.
3. Avoid applications during frosty or drought conditions.
4. Applications should be made after aeration programs such as hollow tining, slitting and/or scarification to prevent granule damage.
Spreader type Application method
Cone Setting
Spreaderwidth (m)
Application rate (g/m2)
25 30 35 40
Rotary SpreaderSR-2000, Accupro 2000, SR-1 or R8-A
1x pass @ full rate 6 3 L L 1/2 M M
1/2
2x pass @ half rate 6 3 I 1/2 J J 1/2 K
Everris Classic Drop
Single pass 8kph 6/38 12 2.25 2.5 3 3.5
LandscaperPro®
Universtar Balance
162
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
Controlled release fertilizer for trees and shrubsOne dressing of Enmag CRF applied over the root area of established plants, or incorporated in the soil in the planting hole during transplanting, will provide a continuous supply of essential nutrients throughout the growing season.
Areas of Use: ✓ Trees✓ Shrubs
11-22-9 +6MgO (12-9.6-7.4 +6MgO)
Enmag CRF Benefits Eliminates the need for repeated top dressings Minimises leaching – even in pure sand Longevity: 8-9 Months
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Product CharacteristicsPack size: 25 kgPack coverage: 180 – 355 m2
Directions For UseShrubs (including ericaceous), roses and ground cover Dressing Rate of use
Lining out, planting, maintenance Base / top 20-50g per sq.m
Pit planting - Small plants Base / top 5-10g per pit*
Pit planting - Medium plants 10-30g per pit*
Pit Planting - Large plants 30-60g per pit*
*Do not exceed 120g per sq.m
Trees, forestry and ornamentals Dressing Rate of use
Seed beds, lining out Base 20-50g per sq.m
Young trees, planting, maintenance Base / top 30-60g per sq.m
Christmas trees Planting / top 35g per plant
Mature trees Top 60-120g per sq.m
*Do not exceed 120g per sq.m
Herbaceous annuals and perennials Dressing Rate of use
Seed beds for drilled crops, lining out, planting and maintenance Base/ top 25-50g per sq.m
163
Speciality Products
World-famous Osmocote Exact in tablet formOsmocote Exact Tablets offer the grower the chance to give very accurate doses of nutrients in a simple fashion. Due to its cone-like shape, the tablet can be pushed down easily into growing medium.
They are built with an environmentally friendly adhesive which is water soluble. After watering the plants the tablets fall apart and are locked within the growing medium. This system prevents the roots from pushing the tablet out of the pot.
Areas of Use: ✓ Container Plants✓ Hanging Baskets
Osmocote Exact Tablets Benefits For hanging baskets and all container grown plants
Pre-measured tablets of 5g or 7.5g Feeds continuously for 5-6 months or 8-9 months
Product Characteristics7.5kg box containing 1000 x 7.5g tablets7.5kg box containing 1500 x 5.0g tablets
Directions For UseHanging baskets, tubs & planters Osmocote
5g tabletOsmocote 7.5g tablet
6“ Hanging Pot 1 -
8“ Hanging Pot 2 1
10“ Pot / Basket 3 2
11” Hanging Basket 4 3
12” Hanging Basket 5 4
14” Hanging Basket - 5
16” Planter / Basket - 7
18” Planter / Basket - 9
Window / balcony boxes 1 tablet per 1.5 litres substrate
1 tablet per 2 litres substrate
5-6M analysis 15-9-12 +2MgO (15-3.9-10 +2MgO)8-9M analysis 15-9-11 +2MgO (15-3.9-9.2 +2MgO)
164
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.
For tree planting and mulchingLevington TPMC – Trees, Planting, Mulching & Conditioning – has been designed to help overcome tree and shrub establishment problems. There is sufficient nitrogen for early growth, together with phosphate, potassium and a full range of trace elements for rapid establishment and healthy growth.
Levington TPMC may be used in the planting hole, as a surface mulch after planting and for general soil improvement. Its pH of around 6.0 in use makes it suitable for a wide range of shrubs.
Areas of Use: ✓ Trees✓ Shrubs
Levington TPMC Benefits Contains NPK fertilizers – no further mixing necessary
Retains water, air and nutrients for faster establishment
Clean and easy to use – no unpleasant odour
Product Characteristics75 litre bags or loose in bulk by arrangement.
Directions For UseTree Planting
The amount of Levington TPMC required will vary depending on tree size. For whips allow 1 bag for about 4-5 trees; for specimens up to 3m tall allow two bags per tree.
Shrub planting
Apply one bag of Levington TPMC per 5-6sq.m equivalent to 1,700-2,000 bags per hectare. Spread evenly and fork or rotovate into the top 10cm of soil.
165
Speciality Products
15+9+9 +3Mg (15+3.9+7.5 +1.8Mg)
Controlled release fertilizer for trees and shrubs in moulded tabletsThe resin coating around each prill controls the daily nutrient release. Almost all the NPK is slowly made available for uptake by the plant and not lost into drains, ponds or ditches. The tablets are designed for use around pots grown and field grown trees, shrubs, newly planted stock and other soil grown crops.
Areas of Use: ✓ Trees✓ Shrub
Sierrablen Flora Tablet Benefits Available as granules and easy to use moulded tablets
Feeds plants for two years from one application Predictable and reliable nutrient release
Product CharacteristicsPack size: 7 kg
Directions For UseTrees Tree height (cm) No of 15g tablets
required per plant
Quantity of granules required per plant (grams)
Transplant 30-120 2 per plant 30
Whip 120-250 3 per plant 45
Feathered 180-300 4 per plant 60
Light Standard 250-275 4 per plant 60
Standard 275-300 5 per plant 75
Select Standard 300-360 7 per plant 105
Heavy Standard 360-425 8 per plant 120
Ext. Heavy Standard 425-500 10 per plant 150
Semi-mature 16-18cm girth 11 per plant 165
Semi-mature 18-20cm girth 12 per plant 180
Semi-mature 20-22cm girth 14 per plant 210
Semi-mature 22-24cm girth 15 per plant 225
Semi-mature 24-26cm girth 16 per plant 240
Shrubs Tree height (cm) No of 15g tablets required per plant
Quantity of granules required per plant (grams)
1 10-20 1 per plant 15
2-3 20-40 2 per plant 30
5 40-60 3 per plant 45
10 60-80 4 per plant 60
15 80-100 5 per plant 75
25 100+ 5 per plant 75
Top dressing & pre-mixing
Top dressing for close-planted areas and maintenance: Sierrablen Flora Granules 70g per sq.m
Pre-mixing with planting compost: Sierrablen Flora Granules 2.5kg per cu.m
166
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
167
Speciality Products
For eco-friendly algae control in slow moving or stagnant waterProCrystal is designed to control swimming or floating unicellular and filamentous algae found in ponds or stagnant expanses of water.
These algae develop in nutrient-rich waters and are the main cause of oxygen depletion of the water following their decay. Apart from the aesthetic unpleasantness caused, they create a physical obstacle to activities such as irrigation, water sports, fishing or fish farming.
ProCrystal Benefits Improves the clarity of water within days
Restores the natural balance of the target environment
Available in hydrosoluble single-dose sachets for ease of application
AI. Inert powder inoculatedby 6 strains of class 1 bacteria
Areas of Use: ✓ Lakes✓ Ponds
Product characteristics:Pack size: 454g water-soluble sachetsPacks per outer: Nine sachets in one bucketPack coverage: Variable
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
• Reduce the potential for nutrients entering the water through the use of slow-release and controlled-release fertilizers
Application Rate:
Depth Application Frequency Dose per 100m2
< 1mInitial application* Every 30 days 300g
Maintenance application** Every 30-60 days 120g
> 1mInitial application* Every 30 days 500g
Maintenance application** Every 30-60 days 200g
*Continue applications until desired results are achieved.** Continue applications to maintain desired appearance of water system
throughout the growing season.
168
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Mode of ActionProCrystal quickly consumes and degrades the excess Nitrogen (nitrates and ammoniacal Nitrogen) and Phosphates that algae feed on to develop. The algae die swiftly after treatment by being deprived of the nourishment essential to their development.
Treatment period:It is preferable to apply ProCrystal when algae start to develop or when conditions are suitable for their proliferation, generally from spring to the end of summer, and even early autumn.
Conditions for use:Once applied, ProCrystal rapidly spreads throughout the volume of water. Continue applications to maintain water clarity throughout the desired period and when conducive to infestation.
Dose and application:ProCrystal is used by distributing the unopened sachets uniformly on the surface of the water. It may be applied from the riverside or from a boat. The sachets should be thrown directly onto the surface of the water requiring treatment.
Scatter the water soluble sachets uniformly over target area
0 days after treatment with ProCrystal 5 days after treatment with ProCrystal
14-21 days after treatment with ProCrystal
169
Speciality Products
Black water colourant for lakes and pondsBlack Onyx WSP is a water colourant that helps create the natural look of black water in lakes and ponds.
It is a blend of non-toxic pigments that also creates an environment that is unfavourable for algae formation by reflecting ultra violet light. Black Onyx has been extensively tested and is safe to use in the environment. It is non-toxic to humans, wild fauna, water fowl, fish and aquatic organisms. Water treated with the product may be used for irrigation to turf areas and will not harm or stain the turf.
Black Onyx WSP Benefits Creates an unfavourable environment for algae formation
Instantly transforms pale water into a mirror effect black colour
Non-toxic and environmentally safe
Areas of Use: ✓ Lakes✓ Ponds
Direction For Use This product should not be applied to streams, rivers, outflows or water not completely controlled by the user.
Product characteristics:Pack size: 16 water soluble packets
Application rate: Dose rate: 5 water soluble packets per hectare
170
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
Recommended Period of Use
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Spray pattern indicator dye for use with herbicides, fungicides and liquid fertilizersTurf Mark Extra is a blue spray pattern indicator dye with water conditioner and anti-drift agent to assist turf managers with spray applications.
It can be used with all standard spray equipment including walkover and knapsack sprayers. It mixes quickly and easily in the spray tank, there is no residue likely to block nozzles. Turf Mark Extra is a temporary colourant, disappearing in 1-2 days irrespective of the weather, and will not permanently stain hands, clothing or equipment.
Turf Mark Extra Benefits Clearly indicates treated areas as well as identifying leaks in spray equipment
Water conditioner and anti-drift agent
Advanced formulation with ultra-low stain
Can be used with any type of spray equipment
Areas of Use: ✓ Managed Amenity Turf✓ Amenity Grassland
Product characteristics:Pack size: 10 litre bottlePacks per outer: 1 x 10 litre bottlePack coverage: One bottle makes up to 8,000 litres of solution
Application rate: Dose rate: 250-500ml in 200 litres of water
171
Speciality Products
Technical Information
At Everris our focus is to deliver the best and most professional advice in the industry.
Our reputation is built not just on quality products but also on the advice and support we give to our customers.
Demand for better quality playing surfaces has never been higher
172
Section Subject Page
Soil NutrientSoil Analysis Service 174
Nutrient Cycle & Fertilizer Selection 176
Spreader
Spreaders 178
Spreader Setting Guidelines 179
Spreader Calibration and Testing Procedures 180
Sprayer
XC Nozzles 184
Sprayer Calibration 186
Check Your Sprayer 188
Spray Applications 190
Container Collection Service 191
Tank Mixing Tank Mix Compatibility Table 192
CalculationsReady Reckoner and Nutrient Calculations 194
Conversion Tables 195
Technical Information Index
173
Technical Info
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Potassium
Sulphur
Calcium
Magnesium
Iron
Manganese
Boron
Copper & Zinc
Molybdenum
4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0
–– Optimum Turf pH ––
The influence of pH on nutrient availability
Nutrient availability within the soil is significantly affected by the pH of the soil. The chart below shows how availability of each essential turf nutrient is affected by pH. This chart can be used when formulating a fertilizer programme.
A professional nutritional assessment and advice service for amenity turfOur diagnostic analysis evaluates essential parameters in order to understand the characteristics of a soil sample. From that, effective amendments can be applied to help improve the turf grass quality, vigour and health, raising the playing characteristics of the sports turf surface to the highest possible level.
Soil Analysis Service
174
The kitThe Everris iTurf Soil Analysis Kit contains all the components for having six separate soil samples analysed. The samples are posted to the research laboratories for analysis specific for turf requirements. These laboratories are independently operated using state of the art technology.
The resultsTwo different soil analysis options are available depending on individual requirements;
• Standard: pH, P, K, Mg and textural class
• Comprehensive: pH, P, K and Mg, organic matter, plant available
Cu, Zn, Mn, S, electrical conductivity and exchangeable cations with CEC.
These results are then cross-referenced against known levels required for healthy turf growth to determine whether they are at deficient, optimum or excessive levels.
AdviceBased on the soil analysis, an annual iTurf nutrient programme can then be put together using information specific to your turf area.
The products recommended within the programmes have been developed and tested at Levington and STRI Research Station specifically with the UK market in mind and are effective in a wide range of scenarios and conditions. Local trial stations in Spain and Italy are used for testing in warmer climates.
To obtain an iTurf Soil Analysis Kit please contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager.
Other testsEverris is also able to arrange tissue, leaf and water analysis. Please contact your local Everris Technical Area Sales Manager for more details.
175
Technical Info
Nutrient Cycle & Fertilizer SelectionFertilizers are products that improve the levels of available plant nutrients, either directly to the plant or via the soil. A number of nutrients that are classified as essential; required by the plant in order to complete its life cycle and/or are directly involved in plant metabolism or required in a metabolic reaction.
CRF Benefits Safe and consistent feeding
Nutrient release based on turf needs
The reason that some turf areas do not need these nutrients applied on regular basis is because they are either already present within the rootzone, or already supplied via top dressing treatments or other means. These nutrients (shown with their chemical symbol) can be classed as Macro and Micro (or trace) nutrients. Macro nutrients are needed in far higher quantities than micro nutrients, but all are equally important. If there is a deficiency of one nutrient then the plant will suffer.
Macro Carbon (C)Hydrogen (H)Oxygen (O)Nitrogen (N)Phosphate (P)Potassium (K)Calcium (Ca)Magnesium (Mg)Sulphur (S)
Micro (Trace)Iron (Fe)Zinc (Zn)Copper (Cu)Manganese (Mn)Molybdenum (Mo)Boron (B)Chlorine (Cl)
Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen are derived from Carbon Dioxide in the air, absorbed by the leaves, and in water, absorbed by the roots. The remaining elements are mainly taken in by the roots, but some may also be absorbed by the leaves in small quantities if foliar fertilizers are applied.
Fertilizer TypesThere are lots of ways of applying nutrients to turf.It’s really a case of using what works best for you on your particular turf area. Some people prefer granular applications and some prefer liquids. Many turfcare professionals use a combination of fertilizer types to achieve good growing conditions. The most ideal fertilizer programme is one that maintains consistent root and vegetative growth throughout the growing season without flushes of vegetative growth. Using Everris’ products as an example, the fertilizer types available are:
• Conventional release - Greenmaster Pro-Lite & Sportsmaster
• Slow release (SRFs) - SierraformGT
• Controlled release (CRFs) - Sierrablen & SierrablenPlus
• Organic - Greenmaster Organic & Sportsmaster Organic & Vitalnova
• Liquid - Greenmaster Liquid
• Foliar Feed – Sportsmaster
Grass roots can take up Nitrogen in two forms; either as Ammonium Nitrogen (NH4+) or as Nitrate (NO3-).
176
Nitrate lost by leaching
Nitrobacterbacteria break down nitrite to nitrate
Ammonium used more slowly by grassNo leaching loss Nitrate rapidly taken up
and used by grass
Ordinary Fertilizer E.g. Ammonium sulphate
Slow and even Rapid
Ammonium
Nitrosomonasbacteria break down ammonium to nitrite
In order to make an informed choice of what type of fertilizer to choose it is important to understand some of the key features/benefits of the different types. Some fertilizers release all of their nutrients immediately after application (conventionals, liquids, WSFs). These products will produce a quick turf response in terms of colour and growth, but care should be taken as they may increase nutrient losses out of the system. These losses may be via a flush of growth (clippings removal), surface run-off, leaching or gaseous losses.
Nitrate Nitrogen is readily taken up and used by the plant, but results in rapid grass growth. Ammonium Nitrogen is also taken up by the grass plant but is used less quickly, thus grass growth tends to be slower. In addition, the Ammonium Nitrogen is held tightly in the soil which reduces the risk of Nitrogen being lost through leaching.
Slow release, controlled release and organic fertilizers deliver their nutrients over a certain period, with SRFs and CRFs doing this in the most consistent and reliable way. By delivering nutrients in a gradual way over 6-8 weeks (SRFs, i.e. SierraformGT) or from 3 months up to 9 months (Sierrablen and SierrablenPlus) then losses out of the system can be greatly minimised and nutrient use efficiency greatly improved.
177
Technical Info
Spreaders
To get the very best results from your fertilizer, it’s essential to apply it accuratelyEverris spreaders are durable, easy to use, and offer turf managers the very best in application efficiency.
Spreader Type Spread Width
Hopper Capacity
Product Usage
Conventional Fertilizers
Coated Fertilizers
Granular Wetting Agents
Seeds Top Dressing
SR-2000 Rotary 2.0 - 6.0m 42 litres
Accupro 2000 Rotary 2.0 - 6.0m 42 litres
SS-2 Drop 0.91m 46 litres
Classic Drop Spreader
Drop 0.55m 30 litres
Handygreen ll Handheld Variable 2 litres
Spreader Index
Recommended walking pattern for drop and hand-held spreaders
Optimum distribution at half rate and double pass.
Walking Pattern Helical Cone®
Optimal spreading due to the patented Helical Cone
178
AccuPro 2000Rotary Spreader
• Larger 139 Turf Saver 2 pneumatic wheels for an easier push
• Larger diameter frame is more durable
• Patented Helical Cone for a uniform, consistent spread pattern
• Extended handle with tuff-foam grips for added comfort
SR-2000Rotary Spreader
Has all the features of the new AccuPro 2000 Rotary Spreader plus:
• New and improved larger diameter, more durable stainless steel frame
• Positive on-off side deflector provides effective product delivery control
• Standard port shut-off control for greater application efficiency
Classic Drop SpreaderDrop Spreader• Top-selling drop spreader with a 22
inch spread pattern holds 10,000 square feet of fertilizer
HandyGreen IISpreader
• A hand-held spreader that disperses fertilizers as you turn the handle. Comfortable to hold and easy to use, it is suitable for small to medium lawns
SS-2Drop Spreader
• Stainless steel frame, hopper and fasteners provides outstanding durability and corrosion resistance
• Larger 139 Turf Saver 2 pneumatic wheels for easier operator use
• Extended ergonomic handle is more durable
• Lift handles in the front and back for easier loading and unloading
• Not suitable for coated controlled release products
Top fertilizers need top spreaders
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
179
Technical Info
Spreader Setting GuidelinesThese recommended spreader settings are given for a walking speed of approximately 5km/hr. These settings are for guidance only. Exact rates, using the settings below, cannot be guaranteed – rates depend on the spreader itself and accuracy of the operator. Calibrate the spreader at regular intervals, including effective spreading width.
Cone Effective Amount of product applied (g/m²) after one passSetting Width (m) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
SierraformGT
All Analyses 6 3.7 I1/2 K L M M1/2
Step
Step Hi-Mag 7 4.3 H I1/2 K1/2
Greenmaster Pro-Lite
All Analyses 6 3.7 M N
Greenmaster Organic
All Analyses 9 4.0 O P P1/2
Sportsmaster
All Analyses 4 3.7 L M N O1/2 P1/2 Q R S T U V W
Sportsmaster Organic
S’master Organic High N 3 5.5 V X R (x2)
S’master OrganiCRF N Control
4 3.5 Q1/2 R1/2 T U1/2 Q (x2)
SierrablenPlus
All Analyses 4 4.8 M N O P R S T
Sierrablen
All Analyses 4 4.7 Q R1/2 T1/2 V X Q (x2) R (x2) R1/2 (x2)
H2Pro
H2Pro Granules 5 4.0 J K1/2 M
Greenmaster
Greenmaster Topdress Z 7 3.0 L M N O P Q R R1/2 S1/2 T1/2 V1/2
Rotary Spreader Settings for AccuPro 2000, SR-2000, SR-1, R8-A Single pass at FULL RATE
180
Cone Effective Amount of product applied (g/m2) after two passesSetting Width (m) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
SierraformGT
All analyses 6 3.7 H I1/2 J1/2 K
STEP
STEP Hi-Mag 7 4.3 G1/2 H I
Greenmaster Pro-Lite
All analyses 6 3.7 J1/2 K
Greenmaster Organic
All analyses 9 4.0 L1/2 M M1/2
Sportsmaster
All analyses 4 3.7 L L1/2 M M1/2 N O O1/2 P P1/2
Sportsmaster Organic
S’master Organic High N 3 5.5 P Q R
S’master OrganiCRF N Control
4 3.5 N O O1/2 P1/2 Q
SierrablenPlus
All analyses 4 4.8 K K1/2 L M M1/2 N N1/2 O
Sierrablen
All analyses 4 4.7 M N O O1/2 P Q R R1/2
H2Pro
H2Pro Granules 5 4.0 H1/2 I J
Greenmaster
Greenmaster Topdress Z 7 3.0 J J1/2 K L L1/2 M M1/2 N N1/2 O O1/2
Rotary Spreader Settings for AccuPro 2000, SR-2000, SR-1, R8-A Double pass at HALF RATE
Amount of product applied (g/m²) after one pass5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Greenmaster Pro-Lite All analyses 33/4 4 41/2 5 51/4 51/2 6 61/4 61/2
Greenmaster Organic All analyses 41/4 43/4 5 51/2 6 61/4 61/2 63/4 71/4
Sportsmaster All analyses (not including CRF Range) 33/4 4 41/2 5 51/4 51/2 6 61/4 61/2
Sportsmaster Organic High N 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SierraformGT All analyses 31/4 33/4 41/4 43/4 51/4 53/4 61/4 61/2
STEP Hi-Mag Trace Elements 2 23/4 31/2
H2Pro Granules 33/4 41/4 43/4
Drop Spreader Settings for SS-1 and SS-2 Single pass at FULL RATE
Amount of product applied (g/m²) after one pass20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
SierraformGT All analyses 4.0 5.0 6.0
SierrablenPlus All analyses 6.75 7.25
Sierrablen All analyses 13.0 14.5 12.5 (x2)
H2Pro Wetting agent 6.25
Drop Spreader Settings for Classic Drop Spreader Single pass at FULL RATE
181
Technical Info
Spreader Calibration
Time invested in checking and setting spreaders is quickly recouped by better application accuracy, which prevents under- or over-dosing and stripes in the sward caused by misses or overlaps.Effective applications starts with the end of the last job. Machines need to be thoroughly cleaned and, if possible, dried before they are put away. Fertilizer absorbs moisture from the air and if any is left in the spreader this will quickly corrode metal parts.
Before starting work, operators should give the applicator a thorough inspection: Ensure the rate setting mechanism is free and adjusts easily, check the on/off works and the distribution rotor or spinning discs are not worn and functioning properly.
It is vital to then set and test the machine with the actual fertilizer it will be applying. The bulk density of the material affects the spread pattern and flow rate. The same application rate will need fewer denser granules to flow through than less dense material, even though they could be the same physical size. Denser particles will be spread further – e.g. consider how far a cricket ball can be thrown compared with a tennis ball.
This is a very important consideration when setting pedestrian and tractor-mounted spinning disc spreaders, which rely on centrifugal force to achieve the spreading width, with larger, denser granules travelling further than lighter, less dense ones.
With these applicators it is crucial to check the distribution pattern, with a full-width tray test, as well as the rate calibration. This will ensure you know how much is being applied as well as ensure it is being spread evenly across the whole width.
There are four main spreaders used to apply fertilizer – pedestrian drop-style, pedestrian spinning disc, tractor-mounted spinning disc or oscillating spout. All have different calibration and settings procedures.
With pedestrian operated machines settings are usually made for a ‘normal walking pace’ of 5km/hr (3mph). It is important to maintain the speed.
SCS Spreader & Sprayer Testing is the UK’s largest independent
fertilizer spreader testing specialist and advises operators
to ensure equipment is properly maintained and tested for
application rate and distribution pattern with every product
it will apply. Spinning disc spreaders will also need to be tested
over trays to determine the true spreading width and evenness
of distribution.
182
Calibration & Testing ProceduresPedestrian drop-styleApplication width is set (usually a little narrower than the hopper), rate is adjusted by opening or closing the outlet and will vary with walking speed.
• Adjust spreader outlet to setting in operator’s manual for product type and application rate
• Apply fertilizer over a measured distance (e.g. 10m) at normal walking pace (5km/hr)
• Determine quantity spread over distance by one of the following methods:
• Lay sheet on ground and then collect and weigh fertilizer distributed on top
• Place a known weight in hopper, apply fertilizer, empty and weigh remaining hopper contents and subtract from original weight.
• Adjust machine setting for desired application rate if necessary. Note this setting will apply only for this fertilizer and operator’s walking pace. Recalibrate for different operators and materials.
Use following formulas to calculate rate in g/m² Spreading width x distance = area covered
Weight of fertilizer collected ÷ area covered = kg/m²
e.g. Weight spread over distance = 125g
0.5m (width) x 10m (distance) = 5m² Application rate = 125 ÷ 5 = 25g/m²
Pedestrian Spinning DiscFor calibration of the Everris spreader please follow the easy steps in the instruction manual.
Application width and dose rate will vary with walking speed and fertilizer characteristics and opening adjustment.
• A spreading width test with the actual material should be carried out, preferably across special collection trays, before any other calibration. This will determine the spread width for the particular fertilizer and operator’s pace (aim for 5km/hr) and how far apart you should walk to maintain an even spread
• Adjust spreader for desired application rate. Place known quantity e.g. 2kg in hopper
• Walk set distance (10m) at normal walking pace
• Empty and weigh remaining hopper contents
• Calculate area by multiplying the application width by the distance walked distribution Pattern check
• Lay out testing trays to full application width
• Use fertilizer to be applied and actual operator doing the job walking at set pace (5km/hr)
• Spread fertilizer through trays, which will collect material being spread
• Place contents of each tray in test tubes to check the evenness of the spread pattern. Alternatively this could be done by weighing contents of each tray and plotting on a bar chart
Tractor-Mounted Spinning Disc (Or Oscillating Spout) Application width determined by fertilizer characteristics, machine type and PTO drive speed. Forward speed and opening setting will influence application rate.
• Follow application rate calibration procedure in operator’s manual. Usually this means opening a chute and collecting the amount of fertilizer that runs out in a set time. Weigh amount collected and compare with recommendation in manual. Make necessary adjustments to gain correct application rate. This must be done using actual fertilizer to be applied.
• Spreading width will be set by the machine – usually 6 - 12m. But this will be achieved only at the correct PTO speed (e.g. 540rpm) and this requires the tractor engine speed to set at the correct rpm. SCS engineers will check the actual PTO speed with a tachometer.
• The forward speed for the application rate will be shown in the manual. It is crucial to select the right gear with the engine rpm to achieve the PTO speed to drive at the forward speed.
Use the following formula to check the application rate: Application rate in kg/ha =
Total weight collected in one minute (kg) x 600
Spread width (m) x tractor forward speed (km/hr)
Spread Pattern Accuracy Test:• A full-width tray test is essential to ensure the fertilizer
is being distributed evenly across the whole width
• Place special collection trays across width
• Tractor is driven in the gear and set engine speed to achieve the PTO and forward speed for which the calibration settings have been made to prevent under- or overdosing. Walking speed also influences the spread width on spinning disc applicators. Also keep spreaders parallel to the ground to maintain an even distribution
To calculate application rate use following procedure: Original hopper content minus contents after spreading e.g:
2,000g - 1,000g = 1,000g spread in 10m. Area: (distance) 10m x (width) 4m = 40m²
Weight ÷ area = application rate/m²
1,000 ÷ 40 = 25g/m²
• Spreader is operated through the line of trays and contents of each are placed in individual test tubes
• Measure the contents of each tube to assess spread pattern
• Make the machine adjustment to correct any highs or lows to achieve even pattern.
183
Technical Info
XC Nozzles
A breakthrough for even applicationThe Syngenta XC Turf Nozzles have been exclusively designed and engineered to counter difficult issues with spraying golf courses and amenity turf – ensuring eXtra Coverage of turf surfaces and improving results of all applicationsThe completely new design of the Syngenta XC Turf Nozzle has been developed with a unique orifice shape that produces more even droplet distribution across the spray pattern, coupled with a wide fan angle. This ensures adequate coverage, even when the nozzle spraying height is reduced when spraying over undulating ground.
To deliver more effective results for leaf coverage, each nozzle has a rearwards facing spray pattern, which counteracts the forward movement of the sprayer to give all round coverage of the leaf.
Extensive testing in the wind tunnels of the Silsoe Research Institute has been used to calculate the optimum angle for each nozzle in the range, when used under typical golf course conditions and operating speeds.
Current Issues The XC Solution
Slopes andundulations causeuneven spraydistribution
An entirely new engineered solution,with a unique orifice, droplet distributionpattern and wide spray angle – giving evencoverage at low nozzle heights of 30cm
Wind causingspray drift
Utilising new air induction technology,the XC Nozzle spray pattern cansignificantly reduce risk of spray driftand create more available spray days
Large droplets giveuneven leaf coverage
The XC Nozzle creates significantlymore droplets per ml than mostother air induction or low drift nozzledesigns, to enhance leaf coverage
Uneven spraydistribution on the leaf
The XC Nozzle design has a carefullycalculated rearwards facing spray pattern,to deliver all-round coverage on the turf leaf
Low sprayerwork rates
The XC Nozzle range is specifically designedto enable application at lower water volumes– increasing sprayer work rates and thepotential to enhance product efficacy
All of the nozzles in the XC range incorporate the drift reducing air induction technology that has proven extremely popular in the existing Syngenta Turf Foliar Nozzle. The nozzles produce more droplets per ml than other drift reducing air induction nozzles, with more consistent droplet size that creates fewer drift susceptible fine droplets when compared with traditional nozzles. The aim is to reduce risk of drift, and achieve better coverage of leaf surfaces.
Traditional Flat Fan Nozzle
New Syngenta Turf XC Nozzle
184
Traditional Flat Fan Nozzle New Syngenta Turf XC Nozzle
Spray coverage between the nozzles
Spray coverage directlybelow the nozzles
The completely new design of the Syngenta XC Turf Nozzle has beendeveloped with a unique orifice shape that produces more evendroplet distribution across the spray pattern, coupled with a widefan angle. This ensures adequate coverage, even when the nozzlespraying height is reduced when spraying over undulating ground.
To deliver more effective results for leaf coverage, each nozzle hasa rearwards facing spray pattern, which counteracts the forwardmovement of the sprayer to give all round coverage of the leaf.
In patternation tests, the XC Nozzles have delivered less than 3% variability across the spray boom operating at 30cm height, compared to up to 25% variability between the nozzles witha traditional flat fan nozzle.
Foliar XC 025
Foliar XC 04 Soil XC 08
Orifice design XC 110° XC 127° XC 127°
Backward inclination 6.5° 4.5° 9.0°
Size 025 04 08
Operating speed 3 - 4km/hr 6 - 8km/hr 6 - 8km/hr
Optimum nozzle height 0.5m 0.5m 0.5m
Operating pressure 2 - 4 bar 2 - 4 bar 2 - 4 bar
Optimum pressure 2.5 bar 2.5 bar 2.5 bar
Typical spray volumes L/ha 220 - 400 220 - 400 500 - 600
Technical specification
Nozzle Products Target
Foliar XC 025 or 04
Primo MaxxHeadway, Banner MaxxInstrata, Heritage Maxx
HeritageMedallion TL
Leaf
Soil XC 08
QualibraHeritage Maxx
HeritageHeadway
ROOTZONE
Which XC nozzle?
The rearwards facing nozzle angle compensates for the forward movement of the sprayer and give all round coverage of the leaf
Conventional flat fan vertical nozzle Syngenta XC nozzle
Direction of sprayer travel Direction of sprayer travel
With the forward movement of the sprayer, droplets that are discharged vertically mainly hit one side of the target leaf
The rearwards facing nozzle angle compensates for the forward movement of the sprayer and give all round coverage of the leaf
Conventional flat fan vertical nozzle Syngenta XC nozzle
Direction of sprayer travel Direction of sprayer travel
With the forward movement of the sprayer, droplets that are discharged vertically mainly hit one side of the target leaf
For further information contact your Everris Technical Area Sales Manager or visit www.everris.co.uk | www.everris.ie
185
Technical Info
Before calibration or application, check equipment and nozzles• Pressure hoses, joints and unions must be checked
and tightened
• Nozzles and filters must be free from blockages and produce the correct spray pattern. NEVER blow through blocked nozzles with your mouth; using an old toothbrush, wash out the obstruction with clean water. Remember to wear gloves and eye protection while cleaning
• Nozzles must be of the type and size to match the equipment being used and to produce the spray quality specified by the chemical manufacturer on the product label
• Low pressure nozzles (anvil or fan) are best for herbicides where there is a risk of drift and for turf fungicide/insecticide applications
• Hollow cone tips, which produce a fine spray, may be best for other uses e.g. fungicide and insecticide application to give full cover on shrubs and trees. Take care to avoid drift
• Flood jets are best for total residual weedkillers where good ground cover is needed
• On booms ensure identical nozzles are fitted and ensure that they are all properly aligned
• Regularly check uniformity of nozzle output and spray pattern along boom equipment. The best way to do this is to fill a stationary sprayer with water and then hold a calibrated beaker under each nozzle for the same length of time
• Reject nozzles whose output varies from the average by plus or minus 5% or those whose pattern is distorted
• Carry spare nozzles to replace when a blockage occurs while spraying
Further useful information is contained in the BCPC Spraying Handbooks available from BCPC Publications, Bear Farm, Binfield, Braknell, Berkshire RG12 5QE. Tel 0118 934 2727.
Sprayer calibrationCalibration
The principles of calibration are the same for all types of hydraulic sprayer; carried, pushed or power-operated. Always check that the spray nozzles are undamaged, are giving a good spray pattern and that all the nozzles on a boom are identical. For calibration purposes, only use clean water in a clean sprayer and wear appropriate clothing.
To calculate the volume of spray applied per hectare, three pieces of information are needed:
a. Speed of travel in kph
b. Swath width in metres
c. Rate of flow of the spray through the sprayer nozzles, in litres per minute
All of these are simple to measure
The following equipment will be needed:
1. Tape measure to measure up to 100 metres
2. Measuring jug, calibrated in millilitres, holding two litres
3. Stop watch
4. Pocket calculator and notebook
5. Markers e.g. sticks or canes
186
a. Speed of travel1. Mark out a 100 metre stretch of ground typical of the type
on which work will be done. Sprayers tend to move faster on smooth surfaces and slower on rough ones. (A 50-metre length can be used if space is restricted, but it is less accurate).
2. Measure the time in seconds it takes to travel the 100-metre stretch twice using the spray equipment. If the time taken is very different the second time, repeat again. Calculate the average time to travel 100m.
3. To calculate the speed use the formula:
4. Record this figure in the notebook. (For knapsack operators, speeds will differ between individuals but are usually around 5kph).
b. Swath width1. Select an area of dry concrete, or similar, at least as wide as
the swath width to be used.
2a. For power equipment, spray out whilst standing still until the spray pattern is clearly visible. Measure the width in metres.
2b. For hand-held equipment, hold the nozzle(s) at normal working height and spray out standing still until the spray pattern is clearly visible. Measure the width in metres. (To discover an operator’s normal height, it may be necessary for them to walk up and down for a few minutes spraying out water).
3. Record the width, the number of nozzles and their size/type/ classification in the notebook.
c. Flow rate1a. Power sprayers – set the pressure to the standard for the
nozzles being used.
1b. Knapsacks – ensure that any pressure regulator is set correctly and use a normal working pumping motion.
2. Spraying normally, but standing still, collect the spray from each nozzle over one minute into the calibrated jug. (For wide booms, one nozzle from each boom section is usually adequate). There are devices for measuring the flow rate from nozzles on a boom sprayer which are more convenient and quicker, but these should always be checked against the jug method).
3. Record in the notebook the amount collected from each nozzle over one minute, in litres.
For boom sprayers, discard and replace any nozzle that varies more than ± 5% from the average.
Using the above data, there is a simple formula to enable the output in litres per hectare to be calculated:
With a boom sprayer, the nozzle output can be either:
a. The average from all the nozzles across the boom, or
b. The total from all the nozzles across the boom
In case of a., the swath width will be the spacing between the nozzles. In case of b., it will be the measured swath width across the boom. To calculate the number of tankfuls per hectare and the amount of product to be added per tankful, the following procedures must be carried out.
Taking the volume per hectare as calculated above in litres and dividing it by the number of litres which the tank holds will give the number of fills required per hectare. To calculate the quantity of pesticide per tankful, divide the rate per hectare by the number of fills per hectare as above. (The rate per hectare is usually obtained from the product label or it may be in the written instructions for carrying out the particular job). In all the calculations above, it is perfectly legitimate to correct figures to the nearest whole number and ignore decimal points. When measuring out product, it is unlikely that field measuring equipment will be more accurate than +/- 25mls.
Controlled droplet applicators Carry out pre-work checks and calibration according to the chemical manufacturer’s handbook. Check:
1. The product has been approved for CDA.
2. Flow rates of products through the equipment.
3. Walking speed is correct.
4. Height of sprayer above the target is correct.
5. Before spraying check that the swath width and spray pattern are correct. CDA equipment needs to be very carefully set up. Some CDA manufacturers will supply ‘blank’ CDA product to aid calibration.
Make notesMemory can be very unreliable. It is therefore sensible to write down the settings, nozzle selections and rates during calibration. It could well save valuable time in the future and will certainly reduce errors.
360= Speed in kph
Time (in seconds) taken to travel 100 metres
600 x nozzle output in litres per minute= litres per hectare
Speed in kph ÷ Width in metres
187
Technical Info
Check your sprayerA well maintained, calibrated sprayer is a key component when following ‘Best Practice’ use of pesticides in amenity horticultureMost operators appreciate that regular sprayer checks ensure pesticide products are applied efficiently which results in both cost savings and protection of the environment.
These guidance notes are designed to assist users, managers and operators to ensure that equipment is wholly satisfactory for the job.
Operators and their managers often have questions about:• Legislation requirements for spraying equipment
• What equipment should be checked and when?
• Who should check?
• What training is required?
• How and what to record
• What additional information is available?
These notes address these matters.
Legislation requirements for spraying equipmentThe Code of Practice (CoP) provides detailed guidance on how to use pesticides safely. It should be read by all those who use pesticides professionally in all amenity areas.
These include Local Authorities, sport and leisure facilities, industrial and utility sites, highways, railways, airports and forestry. The CoP has a special position in law that means that if you follow the guidance in the code you will be doing enough to keep within the law.
In the CoP the various checks to carry out when working with pesticides are listed and for equipment clearly states:
‘Check equipment for applying pesticide to make sure it is in good working order and is working correctly and accurately’.
Regular checks, calibration and maintenance of spraying equipment will help reduce the risks of pesticide exposure to the environment, operators and bystanders which are covered by legislation.
Plus there are cost benefits to properly maintained equipment:• Optimise efficacy of pesticide use ensuring better and more
consistent spray application
• Minimise input costs by helping to ensure that the quantity of pesticide used is kept to a minimum necessary
• Minimise input costs (~5%) by ensuring there are no leaks
• Reduce risks to the operator
• Reduce costly downtime by preventing breakdowns
• Increase second hand value of equipment
Who should check?The operator should have a clear job responsibility to routinely check their application equipment and either attend to the problem or report to their supervisor. Operators have to adhere to the Code of Practice (CoP) including the duty of care ‘to ensure equipment is calibrated and in good condition’. To comply with the CoP an operator must have the appropriate NPTC qualification for the equipment to be used.
First this requires the foundation module PA1 which tests the theory of pesticide application including legislation, interpretation of a product label, personal safety and contamination, container storage and disposals, record keeping and environmental safety.
This is followed with the PA6A for handheld sprayers and PA2A for mounted or trailed boom sprayers with hydraulic nozzles.
To meet the requirements for PA6A the operator must demonstrate competence to check the satisfactory condition of the applicator, prepare it for work, read and interpret the product label, calibrate the applicator and then mix/fill with the correct quantities for the specified area to be treated.
The requirements for PA2A are similar to that for handheld sprayers with the addition of attending to the preparation and safe driving of the ‘prime mover’ together with identification of the sprayer’s controls and components.
It is recommended that training should be recorded and is provided by a qualified instructor such as those accredited by Lantra Awards. For further information on training go to the Lantra Awards web site www.lantra-awards.co.uk and NPTC at www.nptc.org.uk
188
How & what to recordRecords of actions are important both from the point of accountability and useful routine maintenance. It is recommended that managers/ operators prepare and use a simple record of checks to all sprayer equipment.
The key components of a check record:• Equipment identification
• Date checked
• Procedure
• Location e.g. on-site, base
• Parts required and fitted
• Name and NPTC certification number
What equipment to check and when?A wide range of types of spray equipment is needed in amenity areas to accommodate the specific areas of use. All sprayers should be checked on a regular basis, a useful guide is: • At the start or change of a programme
• Beginning of the season
• Move to a different location
• Changing product/rate
• Repair or maintenance to sprayer
General condition OK
Clean
No apparent damage
Strap fixing points secure
Fill with water
Will straps take weight?
Is sprayer stable when filled?
Leakage check
Check for leaks, upright and on side
Function check
Check pressure relief valve to maximum limit
Spray out – is cut-off valve working?
Is spray pattern correct?
Is nozzle undamaged?
Is nozzle flow rate within 5% of manufacturer’s stated output?
Internal residue
Spray until fan collapses and air appears
Is remaining liquid less than a capful?
Following use
Rinse with detergent
Rinse twice with water, flush out through lance
Clean nozzle and all filters in water with soft brush
Clean outside of tank and straps
Follow disposal procedure for rinsings
Knapsack sprayers operator routine checklist
Pedestrian controlled sprayersA checklist is available from the NSTS website at www.nsts.org.uk
Tractor-mounted/Trailed sprayersThe important points to check are leaks and drips due to poor connections and hose condition plus incorrect flow due to worn nozzles. A checklist is available from the NSTS website. A NSTS check by an accredited examiner is required for this category of sprayer. Details of the scheme and the location of your nearest examiner can be found on the website.
189
Technical Info
Spray Applications
OperationFor spray booms, nozzles need to be set at the manufacturer’s specified working height. Hollow cone nozzles are generally set so that the cones, when they spray from each nozzle, just begin to overlap when they meet the target. Flat fan nozzles are generally set to overlap 50% when they meet the target. Ensure flat fan nozzles are slightly off-set to avoid interface with the spray pattern of individual tips. The height of the nozzle above the target area is determined by the spray angle of the nozzles.
To maintain constant height for:• Three or four wheel sprayers - keep the boom level
and securely fixed at the right height
• Two wheel sprayers - hang from the boom a chain which is just the right height from the ground
• Hand-held sprayers - select a comfortable working height and swath width
Pattern of workAccurate marking of strips is essential to minimise misses or overlaps. Where a dye marker is not used and sprayer wheelings cannot be followed, lines and/or marker pegs should be used particularly on important areas such as golf or bowling greens. On such areas, it is also advisable to spray or spread over the area twice with a half-rate mix, the second application at right angles to the first. This is especially important with controlled droplet applicators because it is not easily apparent where chemicals have been applied.
All spray-work using a boom should be done in parallel lines, not curves. This avoids different speeds at either boom tip as the boom sweeps round a corner. Even with single-nozzle equipment parallel working is essential for accurate and even application. Lateral movement of the nozzle while walking forward on turf will almost certainly cause scorch.
Application to hard surfacesAny activity involving pesticides can result in surface-water contamination, particularly where spillages occur on hard surfaces. To minimise this risk, spray operators are advised to examine their current practices and adopt the following procedures:
• Choose the filling area carefully to avoid direct run-off into water
• Carry out the preparation operations on either an area of suitable waste land or on a hard surface with a dedicated drainage sump
• If a hard surface is used, do not wash spills into drains or streams
• Prevent glugging; even small splashes can contaminate water
• Clean empty containers well by triple-rinsing and dispose of the washings correctly
• Do not invert empty containers. Reseal and replace in boxes in an upright position and await disposal
• Put seal and lids in cardboard packaging, not on the ground
• Provide spill kits for leaks, drips and spillages, then dispose of safely
• Please read product labels carefully
Spot treatment is not recommended because of too great a variation in application rates. But patch spraying and treating cracks only is a sensible way of targeting the treatment. The exceptions are where total weed control is wanted in patchy vegetation or where a ‘spot-gun’ applicator is used.
Sprayer CleaningWhere one machine is used to apply many different products, cleanliness is of paramount importance to avoid contamination etc. When using a borrowed sprayer, always wash it thoroughly before use. Ideally a special sprayer should be kept for total weedkillers.
1. Wear gloves and a face shield if required on the product label, remove nozzles and filters and wash them separately.
2. Empty out surplus spray solution into a bucket and dispose of it safely; Do not contaminate waterways, ponds or drains. (Note: Calculate the correct amount of product to avoid creating a disposal problem).
3. Rinse out everything with plenty of clean water so that all traces of chemical are removed. Pump clean water through the system.
4. For stubborn residues, scrub off oil-based sprays with liquid detergent and other types with washing up liquid.
190
A service for the collection of empty pesticide containers.The disposal of empty pesticide containers today is a major concern to users, both environmentally and financially. Everris has the answer that overcomes all these potential problems.The “Duty of Care” legislation under “The Environmental Protection Act 1990” has tightened the laws relating to the disposal of empty pesticide containers which are regarded as “special waste”.
Responsibility for the disposal of empty containers lies with the user of the pesticide and unfortunately the three historically acceptable disposal options now have severe limitations.
OPTION 1Burning – may be subject to certain restrictions under The Clean Air Act 1993 and may cause a statutory nuisance. Therefore requires advice from the local Environmental Health department.
OPTION 2Burying – very careful choice of sites to avoid risks of surface or ground water pollution. Burial sites have to be marked and registered as areas containing special waste.
OPTION 3Rinsing and disposal at a local authority land-fill site – legal, providing waste transfer notices are completed and the authorities grant permission. Usually confined to ‘clean’ bottles as defined by law, and remember the washings themselves become hazardous waste.
The only real option is...
OPTION 4The problem is solved by using a Professional Registered Waste Disposal Contractor, who will collect, record and dispose of your empties. Employing a specialist ensures safe disposal, and guarantees full compliance with legal requirements and documentation.
Everris strongly advise their customers to choose option 4, and to encourage this choice have agreed contracts with Solway Recycling Ltd who offer a national disposal service for empty pesticide containers (UK mainland only).
Solway Recycling Ltd offer the patented ‘Solway Bin and Liner System,’ whereby customers purchase sturdy 4ft high holding bins made from recycled material to support the large, heavy duty clear polyethylene liners capable of storing the plastic from up to 200 compressed chemical containers or 100-plus large fertilizer bags.When the Bin is full, the Liner can be removed by simply undoing the side clips on the Bin and opening out the flexible sides. The Liners are large enough to provide plenty of spare plastic to tie off at the top, and they are collected on prearranged days.
The waste management policy asks customers to operate within the waste ‘streams’ based on the requirements of the waste plastic re-processing industry, each of which must be stored in separate liners. These are:
• Plastic bags and packaging
• Bulk fertilizer and feed bags
• Rigid plastic chemical drums and containers
The full bags are transported to a network of consolidation plants before being recycled by one of the UK’s leading plastic waste processors, Centriforce, into products for the utility and construction industries, including the Stokbord cable protection covers and Centritile cable protection rolls that are used all over the world. Other products made from the recycled material include garden furniture and planking, used for outdoor walkways and even the Solway Recycling Bin itself.Solway: Tel 01387 730666 NOT AVAILABLE IN REPUBLIC OF IRELAND
Container Collection Service
191
Technical Info
Greenmaster Liquid1 Sportsmaster WSF2 Biostimulants Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
High N Spring & Summer NK High K STEP
LiquidEffect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol
Iron Vitalnova Blade H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise Qualibra Primo
Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL
Banner Maxx Headway Instrata
Liquid Fertilizers
Green- master Liquid1
High N 25-0-0 (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Spring & Summer 12-4-6 (400 -
1,000)400 - 1,000
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
NK 10-0-10 (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
High K 3-3-10 (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
STEP Liquid Chelated TE (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Effect Iron Fe 6.9Fe (600 -
1,000)(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (600 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (600 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (600 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
Ca-Booster 08-0-0 +Ca (400 -
1,000)
Water Soluble Fertilizers
Sports- master WSF2
High N 35-0-14 +Fe (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (300 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (300 - 600) (300 - 500) (300 - 500) (300 - 1,000) (300 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(300 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
High P 16-32-16 +Zn (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (300 - 500) (300 - 600) (300 - 500) (300 - 500) (300 -
1,000) (300 - 500) (400 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
High K 15-0-43 +Fe (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (300 - 500) (300 - 600) (300 - 500) (300 - 500) (300 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Sierrasol Iron 20%Fe (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900 -
1,000)(900 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000)
BioStimulant Vitalnova Blade Biostimulant (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 900) (250 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (200) (500) (200 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Wetting AgentsH2Pro
Conserve (600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900) (600 - 900) (600) (600 - 900) (600 - 900) (600 - 900) (600 - 900)
Maximise (400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500) (250 - 500) (400 - 500) (250 - 500) (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (500)
Qualibra (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 500) (400 - 600) (400 - 600) (500 - 1,000)
Plant Growth Regulator Primo Maxx (400 -
600)(400 - 600)
(400 - 600)
(400 - 600)
(400 - 600) (600) (300 -
600)(300 - 600)
(300 - 600) (400 - 600) (600) (400 - 500) (300 -
600)3 (500)3 (300 - 600) (400 - 500) (400 - 600) (400 - 600) (500 - 600)
Herbicides
Re-Act (400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500) (400 - 500) (300 -
500)3
Praxys (200)
Jewel (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)3
Rescue X
Fungicides
Heritage Maxx (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000) (200 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (300 - 600) (125 - 500) (400 - 1,000)
Medallion TL (400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500) (400 - 500) X (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (125 - 500)
Banner Maxx (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 1,000)
Headway (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600)
Instrata (500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000) (500 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (500) (500 -
1,000) (500 - 600)
Tank Mix Table:Compatibility and Water Volumes
1. Do not exceed individual product rates. Do not exceed 120L/ha for combined total Greenmaster Liquid product input or 60L/ha for speciality Greenmaster Liquids (STEP/ Effect Iron Fe/Ca-Booster).
2. Do not exceed individual product rates. Do not exceed 30kg/ha for combined total Sportsmaster WSF product input for foliar applications (water volumes of 300 - 600L/ha) or 60kg/ha for drench applications (water volumes of 600 - 1,000L/ha).
3. These are physically compatible. However, this mix is applied at users own risk.
192
Greenmaster Liquid1 Sportsmaster WSF2 Biostimulants Wetting Agents PGR Herbicides Fungicides
High N Spring & Summer NK High K STEP
LiquidEffect Iron Fe
Ca-Booster High N High P High K Sierrasol
Iron Vitalnova Blade H2Pro Conserve
H2Pro Maximise Qualibra Primo
Maxx Re-Act Praxys Jewel Rescue Heritage Maxx
Medallion TL
Banner Maxx Headway Instrata
Liquid Fertilizers
Green- master Liquid1
High N 25-0-0 (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Spring & Summer 12-4-6 (400 -
1,000)400 - 1,000
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
NK 10-0-10 (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
High K 3-3-10 (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
STEP Liquid Chelated TE (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (900) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (500) (400 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Effect Iron Fe 6.9Fe (600 -
1,000)(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (600 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (600 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (600 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
Ca-Booster 08-0-0 +Ca (400 -
1,000)
Water Soluble Fertilizers
Sports- master WSF2
High N 35-0-14 +Fe (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (300 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (300 - 600) (300 - 500) (300 - 500) (300 - 1,000) (300 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(300 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
High P 16-32-16 +Zn (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (300 - 500) (300 - 600) (300 - 500) (300 - 500) (300 -
1,000) (300 - 500) (400 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
High K 15-0-43 +Fe (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (300 - 500) (300 - 600) (300 - 500) (300 - 500) (300 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Sierrasol Iron 20%Fe (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900) (900 -
1,000)(900 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000)
BioStimulant Vitalnova Blade Biostimulant (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000) (900) (600 - 900) (250 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 500) (200) (500) (200 - 1,000) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000)(400 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
Wetting AgentsH2Pro
Conserve (600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900)
(600 - 900) (600 - 900) (600) (600 - 900) (600 - 900) (600 - 900) (600 - 900)
Maximise (400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500) (250 - 500) (400 - 500) (250 - 500) (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (500)
Qualibra (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 500) (400 - 600) (400 - 600) (500 - 1,000)
Plant Growth Regulator Primo Maxx (400 -
600)(400 - 600)
(400 - 600)
(400 - 600)
(400 - 600) (600) (300 -
600)(300 - 600)
(300 - 600) (400 - 600) (600) (400 - 500) (300 -
600)3 (500)3 (300 - 600) (400 - 500) (400 - 600) (400 - 600) (500 - 600)
Herbicides
Re-Act (400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500) (400 - 500) (300 -
500)3
Praxys (200)
Jewel (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)3
Rescue X
Fungicides
Heritage Maxx (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000) (200 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (300 - 600) (125 - 500) (400 - 1,000)
Medallion TL (400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(400 - 500)
(300 - 500)
(300 - 500) (400 - 500) X (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (400 - 500) (125 - 500)
Banner Maxx (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600) (400 - 1,000)
Headway (400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(400 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000)
(300 - 1,000) (400 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (400 - 500) (400 -
1,000) (400 - 600)
Instrata (500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(600 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(500 - 1,000)
(900 - 1,000) (500 - 1,000) (600 - 900) (500) (500 -
1,000) (500 - 600)
Individual products within the mix should be applied according their label recommendations. Do not exceed applications rates for the selected situation and follow label advice and restrictions as appropriate.
() = Numbers in brackets indicate compatible water volumes (L/ha) for both products in mix.
= Not compatible / Not appropriate water volumes
193
Technical Info
Ready Reckoner Nutrient application from granular fertilizersCalculation of amount of nutrient applied from declared analyses and treatment rate.
Nutrient Calculations Nutrient application from granular fertilizersCalculation of amount of nutrient applied from declared analyses and treatment rate.
The fertilizer declarations are always expressed as % weight by weight, with nutrients being declared in the oxide form in the UK.
Therefore, a 14-5-10 fertilizer contains:
14% w/w N 5% w/w P2O5 10% w/w K2O
Granular fertilizersFor calculating nutrient inputs for granular fertilizer use the following formula:
Application rate (kg/ha) x (% nutrient/100) = kg nutrient/ha
Example: 14-0-0 @ 35g/m² Convert application rate from g/m² to kg/ha (i.e. 35g/m² x10 = 350kg/ha) Multiply Product Rate (kg/ha) by % N content (i.e. 14% N = 0.14) = kg N per ha (i.e. 350 x 0.14 = 49kg N/ha)
Liquid fertilizersIn order to calculate the nutrient inputs from Greenmaster Liquid fertilizers you need to use the Specific Gravity (kg/litre) of the particular product being used.
Specific Gravity (SG) of: NK 1.23 High N 1.31 Spring & Summer 1.18 High K 1.18 Ca Booster 1.32 STEP Liquid 1.15 Effect Iron Fe 1.25 Vitalnova Blade 1.36
For calculating nutrient inputs for liquid fertilizers use the following formula:
Application Rate (L/ha) x Specific Gravity (SG) x (% nutrient/100) = kg nutrient/ha
Example: 12-4-6 @ 60L/ha (SG = 1.18kg/L) Convert application rate from L/ha to kg/ha (i.e. 60L/ha 1.18 = 70.8kg/ha) Multiply Product Rate (kg/ha) by % N content (i.e. 12% N = 0.12) = kg N per ha (i.e. 70.8 x 0.12 = 8.5kg N/ha)
Note: 35 per m² = 350kg per ha = 1 oz. per sq yd = 2.7 cwt per acreNote : 50kg per ha = 0.38 cwt per acre = 43lbs per acreNote: 1kg per ha = 0.86lbs per acre
Nutrient Analysis Kg nutrient/ha applied at these applications rates%N. P2O5. K2O etc. 20
g/m²30
g/m²35
g/m²70
g/m²105g/m²
140g/m²Declared
1 2.0 3.0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.02 4.0 6.0 7.0 14.0 21.0 28.03 6.0 9.0 10.5 21.0 31.5 42.04 8.0 12.0 14.0 28.0 42.0 56.05 10.0 15.0 17.5 35.0 52.5 70.06 12.0 18.0 21.0 42.0 63.0 84.07 14.0 21.0 24.5 49.0 73.5 98.08 16.0 24.0 28.0 56.0 84.0 112.09 18.0 27.0 31.5 63.0 94.5 126.0
10 20.0 30.0 35.0 70.0 105.0 140.011 22.0 33.0 38.5 77.0 115.5 154.012 24.0 36.0 42.0 84.0 126.0 168.013 26.0 39.0 45.5 91.0 136.5 182.014 28.0 42.0 49.0 98.0 147.0 196.015 30.0 45.0 52.5 105.0 157.5 210.016 32.0 48.0 56.0 112.0 168.0 224.017 34.0 51.0 59.5 119.0 178.5 238.018 36.0 54.0 63.0 126.0 189.0 252.019 38.0 57.0 66.5 133.0 199.5 266.020 40.0 60.0 70.0 140.0 210.0 280.021 42.0 63.0 73.5 147.0 220.5 294.022 44.0 66.0 77.0 154.0 231.0 308.023 46.0 69.0 80.5 161.0 241.5 322.024 48.0 72.0 84.0 168.0 252.0 336.025 50.0 75.0 87.5 175.0 262.5 350.0
Ready Reckoner
194
Conversion Tables
P187 P186 TABLES/ ROB TO CHECK/AMEND
oz per yd² 1/4 1/2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20
g per m² 8.5 17 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340 510 680
fl.oz per sq.yd 1/4 1/2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20
ml per m² 8.5 17 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340 510 680
Weight
pounds to kilogrammes divide by 2.205 kilogrammes to pounds multiply by 2.205tons to tonnes multiply by 1.016 tonnes to tons divide by 1.016cwts to kilogrammes multiply by 50.794 kilogrammes to cwts divide by 50.794
Area acres to hectares divide by 2.471 hectares to acres multiply by 2.471square yards to square metres multiply by 0.8361 square metres to square yards divide by 0.8361
Volume pints to litres multiply by 0.568 litres to pints divide by 0.568litres to gallons divide by 4.546 gallons to litres multiply by 4.546
Weight/Area tons/acre to tonnes/hectare multiply by 2.51 tonnes/hectare to tons/acre divide by 2.51cwts/acre to tonnes/hectare divide by 8.00 tonnes/hectare to cwts/acre multiply by 8.00cwts/acre to kilogrammes/hectare multiply by 125.00 kilogrammes/hectare to cwts/acre divide by 125.00
Volume/Acre pints/acre to litres/hectare divide by 0.712 litres/hectare to pints/acre multiply by 0.712gallons/acre to litres/hectare multiply by 11.233 litres/hectare to gallons/acre divide by 11.233lbs/cu.ft to kg/cu.m multiply by 16.052 kg/cu.m to lbs/cu.ft divide by 16.052
Length 1 metre (100cm) 3.281 feet1.094 yards
Area square metres 1.196 sq.yards1 hectare (10,000m²) 2.471 acres
Volume 1 litre (1,000 ml) 35.211 fl.oz1.76 pints
Weight 1 gramme 0.0353 ounces1 kilogramme 35.2074 ounces
2.205 lbsTemperature Degree Centigrade (°C) to Degree Fahrenheit (°F)
multiply by 1.8 and add 32
Golf green 365 - 640m² 400 - 700 sq.yds
Bowling green 38.4 38.4m 1,475m²
42.0 42.0 sq.yd 1,764 sq.yds
Cricket square 27.4 27.4m 752m²
30.0 30.0 yds 900 sq.yds
Tennis court (reg) 23.8 11.0m 262m²
26.0 12.0 yds 312 sq.yds
(full) 36.6 18.3m 670m²
40.0 20.0 yds 800 sq.yds
Lacrosse 137.0 73.0m 10,001m²
150.0 80.0 yds 12,000 sq.yds
Football pitch (small) 91.4 46.0m 4,204m²
100.0 50.0 yds 5,000 sq.yds
(large) 119.0 91.4m 10,877m²
130.0 100 yds 13,000 sq.yds
Rugby pitch 100.0 69.0m 6,900m²
110.0 75.0 yds 8,250 sq.yds
Hockey pitch (small) 91.4 50.0m² 4,570m²
100.0 55.0 yds 5,500 sq.yds
(large) 91.4 55.0m² 5,027m²
100.0 60.0 yds 6,000 sq.yds
Croquet 32.0 26.0m²
35.0 28.0 yds
832m²
980 sq.yds
Ounces per square yard to grammes per square metre
Fluid ounces per square yard to millilitres per square metre
Weight
Typical Areas of Use
195
Technical Info
www.everris.co.uk or www.everris.ieOur business is supported by selected national, regional and local distributors
so that we have the best quality and geographical coverage available. To ensure our staff are properly trained, Everris ensures that where relevant, continuing professional development is completed and staff gain professional accreditation. In the UK for example, staff are FACTS (FQA) and BASIS qualified.
USE PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCTS SAFELY. ALWAYS READ THE LABEL AND PRODUCT INFORMATION BEFORE USE.
Turf & Amenity Sales Team
196
SOUTH WEST Mark Rayner BASIS, FACTS
07796 192724 [email protected]
Ireland & N.Ireland Country Manager
IRELAND & N.IRELAND Colman Warde BASIS, FACTS
00353 8777 99527 [email protected]
Technical Area Sales Managers
WEST Emma Kilby BSc (Hons) BASIS, FACTS
07748 111965 [email protected]
SOUTH EAST / EAST LONDON Michael Fance (senior ASM)
BASIS, FACTS 07879 652624 [email protected]
SOUTH / WEST LONDON
Ian Lacy BASIS
07900 666691 [email protected]
EAST Lewis Blois BASIS, FACTS
07810 656240 [email protected]
NORTH Simon Hardcastle BASIS, FACTS
07824 528252 [email protected]
SCOTLAND
Jamie Lees BASIS 07500 992464 [email protected]
Customer ServicesCustomer Services01473 [email protected]
www.everris.co.ukwww.everris.ie
UK & Ireland Technical Sales Manager Henry Bechelet BASIS, FACTS07799 [email protected]
UK Sales & Development Manager Ed Carter BASIS, FACTS07768 [email protected]
Business ManagerRichard Walton BASIS, FACTS07778 [email protected]
To place your order, please contact your local Everris Distributor or Everris representative.
197
Contact Details
Part of ICL group
®/TM Trade Marks of Everris International B.V. or its affiliates
© Copyrights Everris International B.V.
Everris LimitedEpsilon HouseWest RoadIpswichSuffolk IP3 9FJ
[email protected] | www.everris.ie